GEOMETRICAL ASPECTS OF QUANTUM FIELDS
Editors
Andrei A. Bytsenko Antonio E. Gon^alves Bruto M. Pimentel
World Scientific
GEOMETRICAL ASPECTS OF QUANTUM FIELDS
Proceedings or the 2000 I.ondrina Workshop
GEOMETRICAL ASPECTS OF QUANTUM FIELDS State University of Londrina, Brazil
17-22 April 2000
Editors
Andrei A. Bytsenko St. Petersburg State Technical University, Russia and State University of Londrina, Parana, Brazil
Antonio E. Gon^alves State University of Londrina, Parana, Brazil
Bruto M. Pimentel Institute of Theoretical Physics, Sao Paulo State University, Brazil
V f e World Scientific «•
Singapore • New Jersey • London • Hong Kong
Published by World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd. P O Box 128, Farrer Road, Singapore 912805 USA office: Suite IB, 1060 Main Street, River Edge, NJ 07661 UK office: 57 Shelton Street, Covent Garden, London WC2H 9HE
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Geometrical aspects of quantum fields : proceedings of the 2000 Londrina workshop, State University of Londrina, Brazil, 17-22 April 2000 / editors, Andrei A. Bytsenko, Antonio E. Goncalves, Bruto M. Pimentel. p. cm. ISBN 9810245025 (alk. paper) 1. Geometric quantization—Congresses. 2. Quantum field theory—Congresses. I. Title: Proceedings of the 2000 Londrina workshop. II. Bytsenko, Andrei A. III. Goncalves, Antonio E. IV. Pimentel, Bruto M. V. Workshop on "Geometrical Aspects of Quantum Fields" (1st: 2000 State University of Londrina) QC174.17.G46G47 2001 530.14'3-dc21
00-053439
British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library.
Copyright © 2001 by World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd. All rights reserved. This book, or parts thereof, may not be reproduced in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording or any information storage and retrieval system now known or to be invented, without written permission from the Publisher.
For photocopying of material in this volume, please pay a copying fee through the Copyright Clearance Center, Inc., 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, USA. In this case permission to photocopy is not required from the publisher.
Printed in Singapore by Uto-Print
V
Preface
The first Workshop on "Geometrical Aspects of Quantum Fields" was held at Campus Universitario of the State University of Londrina (UEL, LondrinaParana, Brazil) from 17 to 22 April 2000, and was hosted by the Physics Department. This proceedings volume contains plenary lectures of the topics covered during the Workshop as well as other contributions of participants. The principal goal of the conference was to investigate what may be called a range "Quantum Geometry of Fields" in quantum theory, quantum gravity, theory of extended objects and black hole physics. The Workshop gave an opportunity to bring people together for discussions. Its Scientific Program was carefully planned and administrated by members of the Organizing Committee, Rector of the Londrina University Jackson Proenga Testa, W. da Cruz (Chairman), I.F.L. Dias, M.C. Falleiros and M. Simoes. We would like to express our gratitude to all speakers. We would also like to acknowledge the financial support from SERCOMTEL S.A. Telecomunicagoes (Londrina-Parana), Coordenagao de Aperfeigoamento de Pessoal de Nivel Superior (CAPES), Centro de Ciencias Exatas (UEL), Coordenadoria de Pos - Graduagao (UEL). Finally the organizers of the Workshop express sincere thanks to World Scientific Publishing Company for their interest in the publication of this volume. September 2000 The editors, A.A. Bytsenko A.E. Gongalves B.M. Pimentel
vii
Contents
Preface
v
Dynamic, Viscous, Self-Screening Hawking Atmosphere /. Brevik
1
Gravitational Interaction of Higher Spin Massive Fields and String Theory I.L. Buchbinder and V.D. Per shin
11
Invariants of Chern-Simons Theory Associated with Hyperbolic Manifolds A.A. Bytsenko, A.E. Gongalves and B.M. Pimentel
31
Localization of Equivariant Cohomology - Introductory and Expository Remarks A.A. Bytsenko and F.L. Williams
40
The Extremal Limit of D-Dimensional Black Holes M. Caldarelli, L. Vanzo and S. Zerbini
56
On the Dimensional Reduced Theories G. Cognola and S. Zerbini
64
Fractal Statistics, Fractal Index and Fractons W. da Cruz
73
Quantum Field Theory from First Principles G. Esposito
80
VIII
T-Duality of Axial and Vector Dyonic Integrable Models J.F. Gomes, E.P. Gueuvoghlanian, G.M. Sotkov and A.H.
93 Zimerman
Duffin-Kemmer-Petiau Equation in Riemannian Space-Times J.T. Lunardi, B.M. Pimentel and R.G. Teixeira
Ill
Weak Scale Compactification and Constraints on Non-Newtonian Gravity in Submillimeter Range V.M. Mostepanenko and M. Novello
128
Finite Action, Holographic Conformal Anomaly and Quantum Brane-Worlds in D5 Gauged Supergravity S. Nojiri, 0. Obregon, S.D. Odintsov and S. Ogushi
139
Quantum Group SUq (2) and Pairing in Nuclei S.S. Sharma and N.K. Sharma
Some Topological Considerations about Defects on Nematic Liquid Crystals M. Simoes and A. Steudel
171
181
Non-Linear Realizations and Bosonic Branes P. West
189
Calculation of Bosonic Matter Fields on an n-Sphere F.L. Williams
194
1
D Y N A M I C , VISCOUS, SELF-SCREENING H A W K I N G ATMOSPHERE I. BREVIK Division of Applied Mechanics, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, N-7491 Trondheim, Norway E-mail:
[email protected] The recent theory of 't Hooft [ Nucl. Phys. Suppl. 68, 174 (1998)] models the black hole as a system endowed with an envelope of matter that obeys an equation of state in the form p = (7 — l)p, and acts as a source in Einstein's equations. The 't Hooft model is static. We present a generalization of the model in the sense that we make it dynamic, allowing for a slow velocity of the envelope fluid, and take into account a bulk viscosity C,. A notable result obtained in this kind of dynamic theory is that even a slight positive value of C, will suffice to yield complete agreement with the Hawking formula for the entropy of the black hole, if the value of the constant 7 takes a value that is slightly less than 4/3. The value 7 = 4/3 corresponds to a pure radiation fluid.
1
Introduction
The recent paper of 't Hooft l is an interesting extension of the usual theories of Hawking radiation 2 . The 't Hooft model implies that the Hawking particles emitted by a black hole are treated as an envelope of matter (a static fluid) that obeys an equation of state, and acts as a source in Einstein's equations. The equation of state is conventionally written as p = (7 — l)p, with 7 a constant lying between 1 and 2. Here 7 = 1 corresponds to a pressure-free fluid, 7 = 4/3 corresponds to a radiation fluid, and 7 = 2 yields the Zel'dovich fluid in which the velocity of sound equals the velocity of light. Another related work that ought to be referred to in the present context, is that of Zurek and Page 3 . There exists evidently a very natural generalization of 't Hooft's theory, namely to take into account the time dependence of the Hawking evaporation process. A black hole emitting particles necessarily has to lose mass; accordingly the static fluid model envisaged by 't Hooft can only be an approximation. We will below focus attention on one particular aspect of the time-dependent generalization of 't Hooft's theory, namely the influence from a possible viscosity of the self-screening atmosphere. Although we do not know at present how large the viscosity of the atmospheric fluid actually is, it seems nevertheless worthwhile to examine the physical influence from this factor. In the cosmological context, there are actually only a few studies of the influence
2
from viscosity; we may mention the extensive treatments of Weinberg 4 , and of Gr0n 5 , and there are a few others. The viscous dynamic generalization of 't Hooft's theory was recently considered in a paper of the present author 6 . It turns out that the incorporation of a bulk viscosity £ leads to the following attractive physical property: the Hawking formula for the entropy of the black hole, which was rather unnatural to reproduce in the static 't Hooft formalism, can be incorporated in the present formalism in a straightforward way even if the influence from viscosity is very slight. If £ is chosen to have some small, constant, positive value, and if the quantity $e~a (see Eq.(36) below) is roughly taken to be a constant, then 7 turns out to be a constant, slightly less than 4/3. That is, 7 is slightly less than the value corresponding to a radiation fluid. 2
Einstein's equations
We assume that there is a spherically symmetric atmospheric fluid, whose properties vary very slowly with time, in the region around the black hole. We recall the characteristic properties of the 't Hooft model: the fluid is most dense around the would-be horizon at r = 2M, but is otherwise present everywhere, on the outside of the horizon as well as on the inside of it, except at the origin where there resides a negative mass. (This negative mass is the price paid for the existence of the atmospheric blanket.) We write the line element in the form ds2 =
_e2*(r,t)dt2
+
eW(r,t)dr2
+
,.2^2
+
sin2
^ 2 )
( 1 )
Einstein's equations are, with G = 1, G^ = R^u - \g,j,vR = 87rTM„. Consider first the Einstein tensor G^o in an orthonormal basis. The nonvanishing expressions for the mixed components are
GJ = - ^ + ^ ( l - 2 ^ ) ,
(2)
G° = _Me-(»+/»),
(3)
G
G\ = G% = -e~2a0
1 e-20 ; = - - + — ( l + 2a'r),
+ /32 - d/3) + e -
2
V + a' 2 - a'0' + ^—^-),
(4)
(5)
3
primes and dots meaning derivatives with respect to r and t. Our basic assumption that the fluid, and consequently also the metric, change "slowly", comes into play only in Eqs. (3) and (5). The other expressions are exactly as in the static case. In accordance with our slowness assumption we can neglect the first and second order time derivatives of (3 in comparison to unity. Moreover, we shall assume that $, when multiplied with the bulk viscosity (, stays finite. Thus, the time scale for our "slow" time variations is characterized by |/?|«1,
|/3|«1,
(13 = finite.
(6)
2
We can accordingly neglect J3, $ , and a$ In Eq. (5). This means that Ge, = G^ reduce to the same form as for a static fluid, whereas G° = 0. It is of interest to relate the assumptions of Eq. (6) to the rate of energy dissipation in the fluid. From classical fluid dynamics it is known that the rate of energy dissipation per unit volume, caused by bulk viscosity, is e = ((V • u ) 2 (cf. Sec. 79 in 8 ) . Thus, in our case the analogous expression per unit proper volume becomes (cf. Eq. (12) below): e = (92 = C$2e-2a.
(7)
From this expression we see, however, that e is a negligible quantity in our approximation, because of the extra factor $ appearing in the last term on the right. Consider next the energy-momentum tensor T^. As mentioned, the fluid acts as a source in Einstein's equations. Let U1* = (U°,Ul) be the four-velocity of the fluid. We ignore spatial derivatives, but keep time derivatives, of [/M. In the static coordinate system we work in, we can set U° = (—9oo)~1/'2 = e _ Q , Uo = — ea, Ul = 0, since the fluid is practically at rest. We introduce the scalar expansion 9, the projection tensor /iM„, and the shear tensor crM„: e = UH,
°»u = \(U^aK
h„v=g»v
+ U„Uv,
(8)
+ Uv.ah%) - loh^.
(9)
Then, if T] is the shear viscosity and ( the bulk viscosity, we can write TM1/ as T^v = pUllUv + (p - C0)hM„ -
2J7<7M„,
(10)
assuming constant temperature in the fluid. There are thus two viscosity coefficients. Usually, in cosmological applications one exploits the assumed isotropy of the fluid to omit the shear viscosity term. It ought to be stressed, however, that this point is more delicate than what is often recognized. The
4
reason is that the shear viscosity under usual cosmological conditions is very much greater than the bulk viscosity. As an example, we mention that that in the universe, after termination of the plasma era at the time of recombination (T ~ 4000 K) one has 7 Vrecomb - 6 . 8 x 109 g cm'1 a - 1 ,
Crecomb - 2.6 x 10~ 3 g cm"1 s _ 1 . (11)
The shear viscosity at this instant thus outweighs the bulk viscosity by about 12 orders of magnitude. Accordingly, even a very slight anisotropy in the fluid may easily compensate for the influence from the bulk viscosity. Notwithstanding this remark, we shall in the following follow cosmological practice and include the bulk viscosity only, thus assuming strict isotropy, in order to keep the formalism as simple as possible. We find the scalar expansion to be 0 = U?0 + UTr = 0e~a.
(12)
We now define the effective pressure p:
P = p~Ce=p-CPe-a,
(13)
whereby we can write the energy-momentum tensor as T^=PUllUv+phill/.
(14)
Einstein's "energy" equation in the orthonormal frame, G? = 87rT?, leads to l-e-20(l-2/3'r)
= &irpr2,
(15)
which is the same equation as if the fluid were non-viscous. The analogous "pressure" equation, G£ = 8irTT, leads to 1 - e~ 2/3 (l + 2a'r) = -87rpr 2 ,
(16)
in which the influence from viscosity is present explicitly on the right hand side. Finally, the equation G% = 87rTf leads to e-2p(a" + a'2-a'P' + ^—^-)=^p, (17) r when account is taken of the two first members of Eq. (6). These equations are the same as in the time-independent case, only with the replacement
5
3
Discussion on the solutions of the equations
We insert Eq.(14) into the energy-momentum conservation equation T^"'.„ = 0 and multiply with hail. Since haflUfl = 0 we obtain Kp,v = -{p+p)U^U".
(18)
We put fi = r, and observe Ur-o = —T°0Uo — oc'ea to obtain p' = -(p + p)a'.
(19)
This is the Tolman-Oppenheimer-Volkoff equation, with the replacement p —> p. Making use of this equation, we see that Eq. (17) is a consequence of Eqs. (15) and (16). That is, we can henceforth consider Eqs. (15) and (16) to be the basic governing equations. This is the same kind of behaviour as in the static case. Let us for a moment ignore viscosity. We then see that the conventional state equation for cosmic fluids, P = (7 - 1)P,
(20)
when inserted into (19), yields after integration pc-1
= const.
(21)
In particular, if 7 = 4/3 as in the case of massless particles, we obtain peia — const. This agrees with Eq. (2.6) in 1 (the notation is different). Now reinstating viscosity, we have to assume a relation between p and p in order to solve (19). We adopt henceforth the ansatz that most closely lies at hand, namely to set the deviation in pressure, ($e~a, proportional to the pressure itself. The proportionality constant will be called £. Thus, we put
P = (i - OP-
(22)
In turn, this means that we can write a natural equation of state, analogous to (20), also for the viscous fluid, but in terms of "tilde" variables p and 7 instead of the usual p and 7: P = (7 - 1)P-
(23)
7 = 7 - £(7 - 1)-
(24)
Here
It is to be noted that our adoption of the linear (barytropic) equation of state in the form (20) or (23) is intended to be compatible with the presence of the bulk viscosity. The formal similarity with the equation of state for an
6
ideal (nonviscous) fluid is not to be taken as if we mean identifying the fluid with an isentropic fluid. As is generally known, the presence of any of the two possible viscosity coefficients means that there is a continous production of entropy in the fluid; cf. Eq. (49.6) in 8 . The state equation p = (7 — l)p has frequently been made use of also in earlier works on viscous cosmology; cf., for instance, 5 ' 7 ' 9 . Instead of (21) we now obtain, by integration of (19), C
jii
pei-1 = const. = — . (25) So far, no restriction has been made on the magnitude of £. Let us from now on assume, what seems most natural, that the influence from the bulk viscosity is so small that we can take ( < 1. It becomes then possible in principle to solve the governing equations (15) and (16), choosing reasonable values for the input parameters. One obvious possibility would be to put 7 = 4/3, whereby 7 = 4/3 — £/3. Let us consider this possibility first. Then „4a/ c pe-{] L + dt;a) = —,
(26)
to first order in £. We can scale Einstein's equations by introducing new variables X and Y: Jla
Y = e2/3
X =
(27)
Equations (16) and (15) can now be written, to order £, as rX1 CY = Y -2 + 2 3X X rY' ~Y~
1-Y
+
CY X2
l - £ ( l + -ln(r*))
l--Cln(rX)
(28)
(29)
These equations agree with Eqs. (2.9) and (2.10) in * in the non-viscous case, £ = 0. Let the solutions in the last-mentioned case be denoted by XQ and YQ. As r can now be eliminated from the equations, it is convenient to establish a nonlinear differential equation between Xo and YQ: dYp dX0
Y0(l -Y0
+
^ )
xo(Y0-2 + my
(30)
This equation can be integrated in the inward direction, starting from large values of r for which 2M (31) r r
7 The solution was given in *, and will not be further considered here. As mentioned, it leads to a black hole of negative mass at the origin. Let us instead consider the viscous case: then, the situation becomes mathematically more complex as we cannot any longer eliminate the variable r from the governing equations (28) and (29). It is possible, however, to work out a first order perturbative expansion in £, by writing X = X0(l + tX1),
Y = y 0 ( l + £ri),
(32)
with X\ and Yi being zeroth order quantities. Prom (28) and (29) we derive the first order "pressure" equation rX[=Y0Y1 +
^ 2 Yx - 2 X i - l - ^ l n ( r X o ) 2 3*6
(33)
and the first order "energy" equation rY{ = -Y0Y! +
CY0 *2o
Y1-2X1-^ln(rX0)
(34)
Once Xo and Y0 are known as functions of r, we can in principle calculate X\ and Yi by integrating these two equations, again starting with large values of r and integrating in the inward direction. As initial conditions for large r we may set X\ = Y\ = 0. If the value of the parameter £ is known (in practice it has to be chosen), we can thus finally find the scaled metric from Eq. (32). However, we shall not work out the solution in this case which, as mentioned, was based upon the choice 7 = 4/3, in detail. What seems to be of greater physical interest, is the determination of the value of £ for which complete match can be obtained with Hawking's formula for the entropy of the black hole. In Planck units, the entropy per unit surface area is according to Hawking equal to 1/4. As stated by 't Hooft l, this case requires the constant 7 for a non-viscous fluid to have the value 2. In other words, the fluid has to be of the Zel'dovich type. As mentioned in 1 , it is difficult to imagine ordinary matter with such a high 7 value. So, the central point becomes the following: for which value of £, and thereby also the viscosity, do we get perfect match with the mentioned Hawking formula? Actually, we do not need to make any further calculation to answer this question, since Eqs. (15) and (16) differ formally from the corresponding non-viscous equations only in the replacement p —• p. Consequently, if P=\p
(35)
8
in Eq. (16) we can carry out the same analysis as in * and obtain exactly the Hawking entropy. Since then 7 = 4/3, we obtain from Eq. (24) the relationship
t. = Cpe-° = l^A.
(36)
7-1 Since £ is assumed small, we can here replace a by a0. Thus, in order to obtain complete match with the Hawking entropy the only condition is that Eq. (36) has to be satisfied. The values of £ and 7 by themselves do not have to be fixed. As a working hypothesis we may roughly assume that the quantity /3e~a° is constant; then the bulk viscosity (, as well as the parameter 7, turn out to be constants. The constancy of 7 should be expected, in view of the equation of state for the fluid, adopted as it is in the form (20). One may ask: is the expression (36) physically reasonable? The answer turns out to be in the affirmative, due to the following reason: in a realistic fluid, we expext that the value of 7 in the state equation p = (7 — l)p lies somewhere between 1 (pressure-less fluid) and 4/3 (radiation fluid). This means that the right hand side of (36) is negative. Moreover, due to the emission of matter from the black hole we must have M < 0, and this corresponds to $ < 0 for a given value of r. [At large values of r, this follows from the last member of Eq. (31). Also in the main region of the atmospheric blanket, centered around r = 2M, we have /? < 0; cf. Fig. 2 m 1 . The only exception may be in the vicinity of the origin.] Consequently, Eq. (36) yields C > 0. The bulk viscosity turns out to be positive, as it should be according to ordinary thermodynamics 8 . The positiveness of the viscosity coefficients comes from the general thermodynamic property that the entropy change for an irreversible process in a closed physical system is always positive. Consider finally the location of the horizon of the time-dependent black hole. We assume that the static (i. e., the non-viscous) problem has been solved, so that Xo and Y0 are known functions of r. Also, the constant C, appearing in Eq. (25), is then known. The "horizon" in the presence of an envelope of matter is not a singular boundary on which the metric diverges, but is naturally defined as the surface where the function e2/3 has a maximum (cf. the metric in Eq. (1)). That is, the horizon corresponds in the static case to the equation Y"0' = 0. It is given explicitly as a dashed line in Fig. 2 in 1. Mathematically, we can write the condition for the static horizon as CY 1 - Y0 + —§• = 0 (37) A o (cf. Eq. (2.10) in x, or Eq. (29) above with f = 0). In the time-dependent, viscous case, the horizon is analogously determined by the equation Y' = 0,
9 or YJ + aYoYi)'=
0;
(38)
cf. Eq. (32). The position of the horizon is seen to be slightly displaced relative to the static case because of the constant small factor £ = ($e~a°. In practice, numerical work becomes necessary to determine the position.
4
Concluding remarks
The static 't Hooft model is an interesting alternative to the standard picture of a black hole, since it explicitly takes into account the influence upon the metric from the atmospheric blanket consisting of the emitted Hawking particles. Although it is not evident in advance that our introduction of viscosity coefficients in the blanket is needed in the model, this idea does not seem unreasonable to us in view of the general importance of viscosities in ordinary hydrodynamics. One important observation in our paper is that Einstein's "pressure" equation (16) takes the same form as the corresponding equation in the nonviscous case, only with the substitution p —> p, where p is defined by Eq.(13). This makes it possible to use 't Hooft's results and write down the formula (36), giving agreement with Hawking's entropy, directly. Thus only a slight bulk viscosity is sufficient to give the Hawking entropy, if the value of 7 is adjusted accordingly, according to Eq. (36). A small viscosity corresponds to a value of 7 being slightly less than 4/3, meaning that the velocity of sound becomes slightly less than c/\/3. This seems physically reasonable. Moreover, we obtain a positive bulk viscosity, which is in agreement with ordinary thermodynamics. Of course, one may wonder why we find it so desirable to maintain the connection with Hawking's formula for the entropy of a black hole. We do not enter into a detailed discussion of this point, but restrict ourselves to mentioning that Hawking's formula seems to be the outcome of investigations along different routes, and therefore ought to be regarded with some confidence in the difficult field of gravitational thermodynamics. Finally, it is to be noted that quantum corrections to the thermodynamics of the 't Hooft black hole model have recently been calculated by Nojiri and Odintsov 10 . The inclusion of quantum corrections does not change the qualitative properties of this model. For example, the area law is found to be the same as without quantum corrections.
Acknowledgement I wish to thank Professor Sergei Odintsov for valuable information about this problem. References 1. G. ! t Hooft, Nucl. Phys. Proc. Suppl. 68, 174 (1998), gr-qc/9706058. 2. S. W. Hawking, Comm. Math. Phys. 43, 199 (1975); W. G. Unruh, Phys. Rev. D 14, 870 (1976); W. Israel, Phys. Lett. A 37, 107 (1976). 3. W. H. Zurek and D. N. Page, Phys. Rev. D 29, 628 (1984). 4. S. Weinberg, Astrophys. J. 168, 175 (1971). 5. 0 . Gr0n, Astrophys. Space Sci. 173, 191 (1990). 6. I. Brevik, Phys. Rev. D 61, 124017 (2000). 7. I. Brevik and L. T. Heen, Astrophys. Space Sci. 219, 99 (1994). 8. L. D. Landau and E. M. Lifshitz, Fluid Mechanics, 2nd ed. (Pergamon, Oxford, 1987). 9. A. Burd and A. Coley, Class. Quant. Grav. 11, 83 (1994). 10. S. Nojiri and S. D. Odintsov, Int. J. Mod. Phys. A 15, 989 (2000), hep-th/9905089.
11
GRAVITATIONAL I N T E R A C T I O N OF H I G H E R S P I N MASSIVE FIELDS A N D STRING THEORY I.L. B U C H B I N D E R Instituto de Fisica, Universidade de Sao Paulo, P.O. Box 66318, 05315-970, Sao Paulo, SP, Brasil Department of Theoretical Physics, Tomsk State Pedagogical University, Tomsk 634041, Russia E-mail:
[email protected] V.D. P E R S H I N Department
of Theoretical
Physics, Tomsk State University, E-mail:
[email protected]
Tomsk
634050,
Russia
We discuss the problem of consistent description of higher spin massive fields coupled to external gravity. As an example we consider massive field of spin 2 in arbitrary gravitational field. Consistency requires the theory to have the same number of degrees of freedom as in flat spacetime and to describe causal propagation. By careful analysis of lagrangian structure of the theory and its constraints we show that there exist at least two possibilities of achieving consistency. The first possibility is provided by a lagrangian on specific manifolds such as static or Einstein spacetimes. The second possibility is realized in arbitrary curved spacetime by a lagrangian representing an infinite series in curvature. In the framework of string theory we derive equations of motion for background massive spin 2 field coupled to gravity from the requirement of quantum Weyl invariance. These equations appear to be a particular case of the general consistent equations obtained from the field theory point of view.
1
Introduction
Despite many years of intensive studies the construction of consistent interacting theories of higher spin fields is still far from completion. Consistency problems arise both in higher spin field theories with self-interaction and in models of a single higher spin field in non-trivial external background. In this contribution we review a recent progress 1 ' 2 achieved in building of a consistent theory of massive spin 2 field in external gravity and in understanding about the way the string theory predicts consistent equations of motion for such a system. In general, there are two ways the interaction can spoil the consistency of a higher spin fields theory. Firstly, interaction may change the number of dynamical degrees of freedom. For example, a massive field with spin s in D = 4 Minkowski spacetime is described by a rank s symmetric traceless
12
transverse tensor 0(Ml...M3) satisfying the mass shell condition: (d2 - m 2 ) ^ . . . , , . = 0,
d^^...^,
= 0,
^ MM1 ... M ._ 2 = 0.
(1)
To reproduce all these equations from a single lagrangian one needs to introduce auxiliary fields Xm.-n.-2> Xin—H.st •••> X3'4- These symmetric traceless fields vanish on shell but their presence in the theory provides lagrangian description of the conditions (1). In higher dimensional spacetimes there appear fields of more complex tensor structure but general situation remains the same, i.e. lagrangian description always requires presence of unphysical auxiliary degrees of freedom. Namely these auxiliary fields create problems when one tries to turn on interaction in the theory. Arbitrary interaction makes the auxiliary fields dynamical thus increasing the number of degrees of freedom. Usually these extra degrees of freedom are ghostlike and should be considered as pathological. Requirement of absence of these extra dynamical degrees of freedom imposes severe restrictions on the possible interaction 5,6,7 ' 8 ' 9 . The other problem that may arise in higher spin fields theories is connected with possible violation of causal properties. This problem was first noted in the theory of spin 3/2 field in external fields10 (see also the review11 and a recent discussion in 12 ) In general, when one has a system of differential equations for a set of fields
/!,!/ = 0 , . . . , £ > - l
(2)
the following definitions are used. A characteristic matrix is the matrix function of D arguments nM built out of the coefficients at the second derivatives in the equations: MAB(TI) = MAB^TI^TI,,. A characteristic equation is detM J 4s(n) = 0. A characteristic surface is the surface S(x) = const where df,,S(x) = raM.
If for any n, (i = 1 , . . . , D — 1) all solutions of the characteristic equation n0(ni) are real then the system of differential equations is called hyperbolic and describes propagation of some wave processes. The hyperbolic system is called causal if there is no timelike vectors among solutions nM of the characteristic equations. Such a system describes propagation with a velocity not exceeding the speed of light. If there exist timelike solutions for nM then the corresponding characteristic surfaces are spacelike and violate causality. Turning on interaction in theories of higher spin fields in general changes the characteristic matrix and there appears possibility of superluminal propagation. Such a situation also should be considered as pathological. Note that the requirement of causal behaviour is an independent condition. Interaction
13 with external fields may violate causality even in a covariant theory with the correct number of degrees of freedom. As an example where both these problem arise we consider the theory of massive spin 2 field in external gravitational field in arbitrary spacetime dimension. In Section 2 we describe the structure of lagrangian equations of motion and constraints in such a theory and demonstrate how correct number of degrees of freedom can be achieved in a number of specific spacetimes. Namely, we consider two examples - an arbitrary static spacetime and an Einstein spacetime. In both cases there exists correct flat spacetime limit though in static case there may be regions where propagation of some of the spin 2 field comonents is acausal. Another possibility of achieving consistency is described in Section 3 where lagrangian equations of motion for massive spin 2 field are constructed in form of infinite series in curvature. These kinds of infinite series arise naturally in string theory which contains an infinite tower of massive higher spin excitations and so should also provide a consistent scheme for description of higher spin fields interaction. Section 4 is devoted to open string theory in background of massless graviton and massive spin 2 field. As is well known 13 the requirement of quantum Weyl invariance of two-dimensional a—model coupled to massless background fileds gives rise to effective equations of motion for these fields. In case of massive background fields the coresponding a—model action is nonrenormalizable and should contain an infinite number of terms but as was shown in 14 a specific structure of renormalization makes it possible to calculate all j3—functions pertaining in each perturbative order only finite number of counterterms. In linear order the effective equations of motion obtained that way were shown to be in agreement with canonical analysis of the corresponding a—model action 15 . In this contribution we show that string theory also gives consistent equations of motion for massive spin 2 field interacting with gravity which represent a particular case of general equations described in the previous sections. 2
Massive spin 2 field on specific manifolds
Let us start with reminding the lagrangian structure of a free massive spin 2 field. To find the complete set of constraints we use the general lagrangian scheme16 which is equivalent to the Dirac-Bergmann procedure in hamiltonian formalism but for our purposes is simpler. In the case of second class constraints (which is relevant for massive higher spin fields) it consists in the following steps. If in a theory of some set of fields <j>A{x), A = 1 , . . . , iV the
14
original lagrangian equations of motion define only r < N of the second time derivatives ("accelerations")
S"HM„ = 0,
ff"„=0.
(3)
In higher dimensional spacetimes Poincare algebras have more than two Casimir operators and so there are several different spins for D > 4. Talking about spin 2 massive field in arbitrary dimension we will mean, as usual, that this field by definition satisfies the same equations (3) as in D = 4. After dimensional reduction to D = 4 such a field will describe massive spin two representation of D — 4 Poincare algebra plus infinite tower of Kaluza-Klein descendants. All the equations (3) can be derived from the Fierz-Pauli action 3 : S = fdDxl^HdfiH
- -^Hvpd»Hv>>
-^H^H^
- ±&>HllvdvH +
~dllH1/pd"H^
+ ^H2}
(4)
where H = r}»vHllv. Here the role of auxiliary field is played by the trace H = ifH^,,. equations of motion E^
= d2H^
- rt^d2H 2
- m H„u
+ d»dvH + Ti^&Haf, + TT^EJ]^
- 0^11%
-
The
daduH\
= 0
(5)
contain D primary constraints (expressions without second time derivatives E00 = AHu - didjHij - rr^Hu = ^
« 0,
(6) 2
{
E0i = AH0i + diHkk - dkHki - didkHok - m H0i =
(7)
The remaining equations of motion E,j = 0 allow to define the accelerations Hij in terms of HM„ and H^. The accelerations H0o, H0i cannot be expressed from the equations directly.
15
Conditions of conservation of the primary constraints in time EQ^ « 0 lead to D secondary constraints. On-shell they are equivalent to cpW = d»E^
= m23vH - m2&tHllv
« 0.
(8)
Conservation of ip\ ' defines D — 1 accelerations Hoi and conservation of (fio gives another one constraint. It is convenient to choose it in the covariant form by adding suitable terms proportional to the equations of motion: ^(3)
=
d^E^
+ J^LrT'E^
= Hm*^±
»0.
(9)
Conservation of ip^ gives one more constraint on initial values
(10)
and from the conservation of this last constraint the acceleration H00 is defined. Altogether there are 2D + 2 constraints on the initial values of iJM„ and H^„. Obviously, the equations of motion (3) are causal because the characteristic equation detM(n) = (n 2 ) D ( D + 1 >/ 2
(11)
has 2 multiply degenerate roots -ng+n?=0,
no = ± ^ / n ? ,
(12)
which correspond to real null solutions for nM. Note that analysis of causality is possible only after calculation of all the constraints. Original lagrangian equations of motion (5) have degenerate characteristic matrix det M(n) = 0 and do not allow to define propagation cones of the field iI M „. Now if we want to construct a theory of massive spin 2 field on a curved manifold we should provide the same number of propagating degrees of freedom as in the flat case. It means that new equations of motion E^v should lead to exactly 2D + 2 constraints and in the flat spacetime limit these constraints should reduce to their flat counterparts. The important point here is that consistency does not require any specific transformation properties of constraints in curved spacetime. For example, in flat case the constraints ?^ ; form a Lorentz vector but there is no reason to require their curved counterpart to be a vector with respect to local Lorentz transformation. The only conditions one should care of is that the total number of constraints should conserve and that they should always be of the second class. In massless higher spin fields theory one should also require conservation of the corresponding gauge algebra and achieving consistency in that case is a more difficult task 17 .
16
Generalizing (4) to curved spacetime we should substitute all derivatives by the covariant ones and also we can add non-minimal terms containing curvature tensor with some dimensionless coefficients in front of them. As a result, the most general action for massive spin 2 field in curved spacetime quadratic in derivatives and consistent with the flat limit should have the form5:
vM^'H"* + ^R^HaaH0"
+ ^-RHa0Ha0
+ ^-RH2 +
+ ^R^H^H
- ^H^H*"
^R^H^H^ + ^HA
where a i , . . . a 5 are so far arbitrary dimensionless coefficients,
d
p/i 1
A VK
p ' • •' ^ f
(13) R^UXK,
=
pA — ^
fiXi"
Equations of motion contain second time derivatives of H^ in the following way: E00 = (Gmn - G00G00Gmn + GooG0mG0n)V0VoHmn + O(V 0 ), 00 mn 0m 0n 0m E0i = (-G0iG G + G0iG G - G 5?)V0V0Hmn + O(V 0 ), 00 171 0,n 0n Eij = (G <5™<5? - GijG^G" + G«C? G )VoVo£r m „ + O(V 0 ) • (14) So we see that accelerations j/oo and H0i again (as in the flat case) do not enter the equations of motion while accelerations Hij can be expressed through H/iv, H^ and their spatial derivatives. There are D linear combinations of the equations of motion which do not contain second time derivatives and so represent primary constraints of the theory: ^ » = E\
= G00E0^ + GVEjp .
(15)
At the next step one should calculate time derivatives of these constraints and define secondary ones. In order to do this in a covariant form we add to the time derivative of tp^' a linear combination of equations of motion and primary constraints and define the secondary constraints as follows: V™ = VaEati .
(16)
Conservation of these D secondary constraints should lead to one new constraint and to expressions for D — 1 accelerations Hoi- This means that the constraints (16) should contain the first time derivatives HQ^ through the matrix $ , / built out of the blocks A, Bj, d, Dj
(pP =AH00 + BiHoj + ...
17
<^2) = dHoo + D^H0j
+ ...
(17)
whose rank is equal to D — 1. In the fiat spacetime we had the matrix block elements A = Bj = d = 0,
D/ = m26{
(18)
while in the curved case the explicit form of these elements in the constraints (16) is: A = RG00(2ai + 2a2) + R00{a4 + a5) + R00G00(ai + a 5 - 1) , B> = m2G0j + RG0j(2ai + 4a 2 ) + 2a3Roj0° + Rj0G00(a4 - 2) , + R0j{aA + 2a5) + R°0Goj{a4 + 2a 5 ) , C t = .R0iG00(a4 + o 8 - 1) , £>iJ' = - m2G00Si + 2aiRG005i + 2a3R0ji° + a4R005{ , + (a 4 - 2)RjiG00
+ (a 4 + 2a5)R°G0j
.
(19)
At this stage the restrictions that consistency imposes on the type of interaction reduce to the requirements that the above matrix elements give det 4 = 0,
det I V ^ 0 .
(20)
When the gravitational background is arbitrary it is not clear how to fulfill this condition by choosing some specific values of non-minimal couplings a±, ... a5. For example, requirement of vanishing of the elements A and Ci (19) would lead to contradictory equations a\ + a^ = 0, a4 + a$ — 1 = 0. But the consistency conditions (20) can be fulfilled in a number of specific gravitational background. Namely, any spacetime which in some coordinates has R°i = 0 ,
(21)
provides such an example. In such a spacetime R00 = R°oG00 and choosing coefficients ai + a2 = 0, 2a4 + 2a^ = 1 we have the first column of the matrix $ vanishing and so the conditions (20) fulfilled. As a first example where (21) holds let us consider an arbitrary static spacetime, i.e. a spacetime having a timelike Killing vector and invariant with respect to the time reversal x° —> — x°. In such a spacetime one can always find coordinates where <9oG>„ = 0,
Goi = 0.
(22)
18 The matrix elements (19) in this case become A = RG00(2ai Bj = 0, 2
+ 2a 2 ) + fl00(2a4 + 2a 5 - 1), d = 0,
Dj = ( - m G
00
00
(23)
00
+ 2aiRG
+ a4R )6i + (a4 - 2 ) i ^ G
00
oj 0
+ 2a3R i
,
and (20) lead to the following conditions: 2 a i + 2a2 = 0,
2a 4 + 2a5 - 1 = 0,
det Dj # 0 .
(24)
The last inequality may be violated in strong gravitational field and as we comment below this fact may lead to causal problems. Suppose that all the conditions (24) are fulfilled. For simplicity we also choose 03 = 0. Then we have the classical action of the form (13) with the coefficients a\ = —,
a2 = - — ,
a3=0,
a4 = - - f2,
a 5 = f2 ,
(25)
where £i, £2 are two arbitrary coupling parameters. One of the secondary constraints ^ 2 ) = VaEa0
(26)
does not contain velocities HQO, Hoi and so its conservation leads to a new constraint
+ - p ^ [m 2 G 00 + ( 6 - 6)flGoo
+
fioo]GijE^
(27)
?'3' contains neither the acceleration Hoo nor the velocity Hoo- It means that its conservation in time leads to another new constraints >(4) « V 0 y ( 3 )
(28)
and hence the total number of constraints is the same as in the flat spacetime. Unfortunately, analysis of causal properties of such a theory on static background 2 shows that there can be spacetime regions where some of the above constraints fail to be of the second class and some components of H^ may propagate with superluminal velocities.
19
Another possible way to fulfill the consistency requirements (20) is to consider spacetimes representing solutions of vacuum Einstein equations with arbitrary cosmological constant: Rnv — —Gfn/R .
(29)
In this case the coefficients 0,4, as in the lagrangian (13) are absent and the elements of the matrix $ take the form: A = RG00{2a1+2a2-^) B> = RGoj(2ai
,
+ 4a2) + 2azRaj0°
+ m2G0j
,
Ci = 0, Dj = 2a3R°h° + G006i(2ai
- - | ) - m2G00Si
.
(30)
The simplest way to make the rank of such a matrix to be equal to D — 1 is provided by the following choice of the coefficients: 2ai + 2a 2 - - ^ = 0,
o 3 = 0,
2R(ai
- — J - m 2 ^ 0.
(31)
As a result, we have one-parameter family of theories: z
D' R^
2D
'-,
03 = 0,
2( 1
= ^G^R,
-
D
04 = 0,
05 = 0
®R + m2 ? 0,
(32)
with £ an arbitrary real number. The action in this case takes the form
S = fdDx^/^G^VtiHV>iH
- ivM-ff„pV^' - i v f f ^ V t f
+ i v ^ V f r " " + ^RH^H^ -^H^H^
l
-^RH2
+
+ ^H2}.
(33)
and the corresponding equations of motion are E„v = V 2 ff„„ - G„„V 2 if + VMV„ff + G^V^Hap — V CT V^iJ
+ —RH^v ——RHG^V +H ~DRH^ -~b~ - m H^ + m HG^ = 0 . 2
-
Vay„H%
CT
M
2
(34)
20
The secondary constraints built out of them are ^
= VaEa,
= (V M tf - VaH„a) (m2 + ^—-R)
•
(35)
Just like in the flat case, in this theory the conditions ip\ ' ss 0 define the (2\
accelerations H0i and the condition $ j ' as 0 after excluding H0i gives a new constraint, i.e. the acceleration .Hoo is not defined at this stage. To define the new constraint in a covariant form we use the following linear combination of <jp\ ', equations of motion, primary and secondary constraints: (3)
>v
= -FT-tG'U'Ef" + V M V I / £ ^ + ^T^RG^E^ D-2 " " ' " " ' D(D-2)
= HD~2 l ^ V *
+m
) {
-D
=
LR + m{D
(36)
~ l)
This gives tracelessness condition for the field iIM„ provided that parameters of the theory fulfill the conditions: ^
D + 2
^-Dh
+ m V0,
+
m>{D-l)^0.
(37)
Requirement of conservation of
=•
(38)
The last acceleration #oo is expressed from the condition ip^ sa 0. Using the constraints for simplifying the equations of motion we see that the original equations are equivalent to the following system: V H^ + 2Ra^ ff% = 0, G00VoViH\
vHap
H
——RH^,, — m H^ = 0,
H% = 0, - G V0ViH\ oi
- 2RaO0l/Ha0
V' i ff^ = 0, - G ViV0H°„ Oi
- ^ ^ - R H \ + m2H\
(39) GijViVjH° = 0.
The last expression represents D primary constraints. For any values of £ (except two degenerate values excluded by (37)) the theory describes the same number of degrees of freedom as in the fiat case - the symmetric, covariantly transverse and traceless tensor. D primary constraints guarantees conservation of the transversality conditions in time. Let us now consider the causal properties of the theory. Again, if we tried to use the equations of motion in the original lagrangian form (34)
21
then the characteristic matrix would be degenerate. After having used the constraints we obtain the equations of motion written in the form (39) and the characteristic matrix becomes non-degenerate: = S^XKn2,
M^in)
n2 = Ga0nan0.
(40)
The characteristic cones remains the same as in the flat case. At any point x0 we can choose locally Ga^(xo) = rjal3 and then
Just like in the flat case the equations are hyperbolic and causal. Now let us discuss the massless limit of the theory under consideration. There are several points of view on the definition of masslessness in a curved spacetime of an arbitrary dimension. We guess that the most physically accepted definition is the one referring to appearance of a gauge invariance for some specific values of the theory parameters (see e.g. 19,20 for a recent discussion). In our case it means that the real mass parameter M for the field H^ in an Einstein spacetime is defined as M2=m2
+ 2{l~^R
•
(42)
When M 2 = 0 instead of D secondary constraints ip}, ' we have D identities for the equations of motion VM.EM„ = 0 and the theory acquires gauge invariance SH^v = VM£„ + V„£M. This explains the meaning of the first condition in (37), it just tells us that the theory is massive. In fact, two parameters m2 and £ enter the action (33) in a single combination M2 (42). Since scalar curvature is constant in Einstein spacetime there is no way to distinguish between the corresponding terms ~ £RHH, ~ m2HH (with arbitrary £, m) in the action. The difference between the two will appear only if we consider Weyl rescaling of the metric. Note that the "massless" theory with M 2 = 0 is not Weyl invariant. In the case of dS/AdS spacetimes the difference between masslessness, conformal and gauge invariance and null cone propagation was discussed in detail in 21 . In our case the theory obviously cannot possess Weyl invariance. The second inequality (37) is more mysterious. If it fails to hold, i.e. if M2 = M2 = D?Q\\R then instead of the constraint
+ D{*_1)G'"'EIU,
=0
(43)
22
with the corresponding gauge invariance 6H^ = V ^ e
R + -^^—-G^e D(D~-1Y
(44)
arise. Appearance of this gauge invariance with a scalar parameter was first found for the massive spin 2 in spacetime of constant curvature in 21 and was further investigated 6,7 in spacetimes with positive cosmological constant. Our analysis shows that this gauge invariance is a feature of more general spin 2 theories in arbitrary Einstein spacetimes. In this case we can simplify the equations of motion using the secondary constraints (35): V H^ - V M V„iJ + 2R^al/pHocjs +
2—D , _ RH^
1 - ————RG^H
= 0. (45) After imposing the gauge condition" H = 0 one can see that these equations describe causal propagation of the field HM1/ but the number of propagating degrees of freedom corresponds to neither massive nor massless spin 2 free field. It was argued in 6 ' 7 that appearance of the gauge invariance (44) leads to such pathological properties as violation of the classical Hamiltonian positiveness and negative norm states in the quantum version of the theory. One should expect similar problems in the general spin 2 theory in arbitrary Einstein spacetime described in this paper. 3
Consistent equations in arbitrary gravitational background
In the previous section we analyzed a possibility of consistent description of the spin 2 field on specific spacetime manifolds. Now we will describe another possibility which allows to remove any restrictions on the external gravitational background by means of considering a lagrangian in the form of infinite series in inverse mass m. Existence of dimensionful mass parameter m in the theory let us construct a lagrangian with terms of arbitrary orders in curvature multiplied by the corresponding powers of 1/m 2 , i.e having the following schematic form: S?H= f dDxy/^Gi H = [ ^xV^Gl VHVH + ^r(RVHVH ml a
+ RHH + m2HH
+ RHWH
+ RRHH)
+ 0(-l7)\ 4 . Vm /J
(46)
It does not fix (44) completely and the residual symmetry with the prameter obeying (V 2 + -jpz\)e = 0 remains.
23
Actions of this kind are expected to arise naturally in string theory where the role of mass parameter is played by string tension m 2 = 1/a' and perturbation theory in a! will give for background fields effective actions of the form (46). Possibility of constructing consistent equations for massive higher spin fields as series in curvature was recently studied in9 where such equations were derived in particular case of symmetrical Einstein spaces in linear in curvature order. Here we demonstrate that requirement of consistency with the flat spacetime limit can be fulfilled perturbatively in 1/m 2 for arbitrary gravitational background at least in the lowest order. We use the same general scheme of calculating lagrangian constraints as in the previous section. The only difference is that each condition will be considered perturbatively and can be solved separately in each order in 1/m 2 . Primary constraints in the theory described by the action (46) should be given by the equations £J°M w 0. Requirement of absence of second time derivatives in these equations will give some restrictions on coefficients in higher orders in 1/m 2 , for example, in terms like RVHVH. Consistency with the flat spacetime limit requires existence of one additional constraint among conservation conditions of the secondary constraints. The advantage of having a theory in the form of infinite series consists in the possibility to calculate the determinant of the matrix $ perturbatively in 1/m 2 . Assuming that the lower right subdeterminant of the matrix is not zero (it is not zero in the flat case) one has det$ = (A-BD^C)detD
,
detD^O.
(47)
Converting the matrix D perturbatively D l
- = -zJ^-A+0(^\ m4
(48)
we get A - BD~lC
= RG°°2(ai + a2) + R00(2a4 + 2a5 - 1) + O (^-)
.
(49)
So consistency with the flat limit imposes at this order in m 2 two conditions on the five non-minimal couplings in the lagrangian (46) and we are left with a three parameters family of theories: £i £i £3 ai = y . a,2 = - — , a3 = —, The action (46) then takes the form:
SH = J dDxVzGl^V„H^H
1 r a 4 = - - £2,
- ^V^H^WH^ -
r 05 = 6 -
^VH^VH
/rr,,
(50)
24
+ i v ^ p V ' t f " " + ^RHa0Ha0 - ^-RH2 + ^Ra?Ha0H + ^R^H^H^
+ ?—^Ral3Ha„H0°
- ^H^H""
+ ^-H2
In this case the rank of the matrix $ is equal to D — 1 and one can construct from the conservation conditions for the secondary constraints V 0 ^ 2 ) = V o V ^ = $„"#„„ + • • •
(52)
one covariant linear combination which does not contain acceleration HQ^:
.
(53)
Derivatives of the field H^ enter this expression in such a way that it does not contain the accelerations Hoo, H0fi and the velocity Hoo- It means that just like in the flat case the conservation condition y>(3' « 0 leads to another new constraints ?(4) and the last acceleration Hoo is defined from
^ > ~ V ^ +0 ( ^ )
(54)
and used for reducing the original equations of motion to the conditions: V 2 # M „ - m 2 # M „ + ZxRHtu, -{\+ b)(R»aHai/
+
RvaHail)
and also to the D primary constraints E0^. We see that even in this lowest order in m2 not all non-minimal terms in the equations are arbitrary. Consistency with the flat limit leaves only three arbitrary parameters while the number of different non-minimal terms in the equations is four. However, if gravitational field is also subject to some dynamical equations of the form i?M„ = 0(1/m2) then the system (55) contains only one nonminimal coupling in the lowest order V 2 tf M „ - m 2 # M „ + (& + 2)Rtla/Ha0
+ O ( ^ j ) = 0,
25
and is consistent for any its value. Requirement of causality does not impose any restrictions on the couplings in this order. The characteristic matrix of (55) is non-degenerate, second derivatives enter in the same way as in the flat spacetime, and hence the light cones of the field H^ described by (55) are the same as in the flat case. Propagation is causal for any values of £i, £2, £3- In higher orders in 1/m2 situation becomes more complicated and we expect that requirement of causality may give additional restrictions on the non-minimal couplings. Concluding this section we would like to stress once more that the theory (51) admits any gravitational background and so no inconsistencies arise if one treats gravity as dynamical field satisfying Einstein equations with the energy - momentum tensor for the field H^v. The action for the system of interacting gravitational field and massive spin 2 field and the Einstein equations for it are: S = SE + SH,
SE =
JJZ2 / ^
X
V—GR,
with SH given by (51). However, making the metric dynamical we change the structure of the second derivatives by means of nonminimal terms ~ RHH which can spoil causal propagation of both metric and massive spin 2 field5. This will impose extra restrictions on the parameters of the theory. Also, one can consider additional requirements the theory should fulfill, e.g. tree level unitarity of graviton - massive spin 2 field interaction 22 . 4
String theory in background of massive spin 2 field
In this section we will consider sigma-model description of an open string interacting with two background fields - massless graviton GM„ and second rank symmetric tensor field # M „ from the first massive level of the open string spectrum. We will show that effective equations of motion for these fields are of the form (56) and explicitly calculate the coefficient £3 in these equations in the lowest order in a1. Classical action has the form 5 = S0 + S! =
26
= 7 ^ 7 / ^z^ggabdax^dbxvG^
+- \ -
f
edt H^±"xv
. (58)
Here /x, v — 0 , . . . , D - 1 ; a, b ~ 0,1 and we introduced the notation x^ = ^ - . The first term So is an integral over two-dimensional string world sheet M with metric gab and the second Si represents a one-dimensional integral over its boundary with einbein e. We work in euclidian signature and restrict ourselves to flat world sheets with straight boundaries. It means that both two-dimensional scalar curvature and extrinsic curvature of the world sheet boundary vanish and we can always choose such coordinates that gab = 5ab, e = 1. Theory has two dimensionful parameters, a' is the fundamental string length squared, D-dimensional coordinates xM have dimension \fa'. Another parameter [i carries dimension of inverse length in two-dimensional field theory (58) and plays the role of renormalization scale. It is introduced in (58) to make the background field i?M„ dimensionless. In fact, power of /J, is responsible for the number of massive level to which a background field belongs because one expects that open string interacts with a field from n-th massive level through the term fjL-n{a')-^
f
edtx^...x^H„1...fln+1(x)
.
JdM
The action (58) is non-renormalizable from the point of view of twodimensional quantum field theory. Inclusion of interaction with any massive background produces in each loop an infinite number of divergencies and so requires an infinite number of different massive fields in the action. But massive modes from the n—th massive level give vertices proportional to (i~n and so they cannot contribute to renormalization of fields from lower levels. Of course, this argument assumes that we treat the theory perturbatively defining propagator for X11 only by the term with graviton in (58). Now we will use such a scheme to carry out renormalization of (58) dropping all the terms OQu - 2 ). Varying (58) one gets classical equations of motion with boundary conditions: gabDadbxa
= gab(dadbxa
+ -x»xx(VvH^
+ T°v{G)dax»dbxv)
= 0,
- V»HvX - V A J V ) = 0
(59)
27
where dn = nada, na - unit inward normal vector to the world sheet boundary and V\x» = x* + T,lvX{G)xv xx. Divergent part of the one loop effective action has the form — £ —1
r
dl
= - ^
f
*te{t)x»xv
/
l
~KZ
( V 2 i V - IR^Hav
R»%0Ha0)
+
J8M
+ (Ll f
(60)
47T6 JM
where the terms 0 ( ^ - 2 ) give contributions to renormalization of only the second and higher massive levels. Hence one-loop renormalization of the background fields looks like: h
a
- ,,er
'^ ff
H^v = I^H^u H
(V H^v - 2R°(liHv)a
+ R^°'„ Hap)
(61)
with circles denoting bare values of the fields. We would like to stress once more that higher massive levels do not influence the renormalization of any given field from the lower massive levels and so the result (61) represents the full answer for perturbative one-loop renormalization of G^ and H^. Now to impose the condition of Weyl invariance of the theory at the quantum level we calculate the trace of energy momentum tensor in d = 2 + e dimension: XG
FI1~£
ogab{z)
oira'
T(z) = gabW-jr—^ = i-1gab{z)dax»dbxvGllv
-
ll~1~e
fL—rHllvxi,x''SaM(z)
Ana'
(62) and perform one-loop renormalization of the composite operators: {ifx" H^)Q {gaidax»dbxv + ^^e
= fi-E [xWH^]
G^)o = fie [gabdax'1dbxv(Gllv [HaaS'lu(z)
+ Z> t V(V M tf Q ° -
,
(63)
- jR?u)]
(64)
WaHa,)6dM(z)
+ ^ x " ( V / / V „ t f a a - 4 V a V ( M # I / ) a + 2V2HI1V - 2R^al/0Ha0)6dM(z)]
.
Here delta-function of the boundary 5QM (Z) is defined as / JM
SdM{z)V{z)^/gJz)d2z=
f JdM
V\ze9Me{t)dt
.
(65)
28
The renormalized operator of the energy momentum tensor trace is: 8TT[T]
= - [gabdax»dbxvE${x)}
+ U8M{z)
+
[V$x»EM{x)\
-6BM(z)[x*x''E$(xj\ + U%M(z) [E^{x)]
,
(66)
where E$(x)=Rltv E$(x)
+
0{a'),
2
= V ffM„ - V a V M # a „ - V a V„tf a M , + \v^vHaa
- R^jHaf, a
- -,H»V + 0(a') ,
a
E^{x)
= V„Ha
- 4 V # a „ + 0(a') ,
E^(x)
= Haa + 0{a') .
(67)
Terms of order 0(a') arise from the higher loops contributions. The requirement of quantum Weyl invariance tells that all E(x) in (67) should vanish and so they are interpreted as effective equations of motion for background fields. They contain vacuum Einstein equation for graviton (in the lowest order in a'), curved spacetime generalization of the mass shell condition for the field H^, with the mass m2 = ( a ' ) - 1 and D + 1 additional constraints on the values of this fields and its first derivatives. Taking into account these constraints and the Einstein equation we can write our final equations arising from the Weyl invariance of string theory in the form: V 2 tf M „ + RfSHafi a
V Hav+O(a')=0, R^ + 0(a') = 0.
- IjH^
+ 0{a') = 0,
tf"M
+ 0(a') = 0, (68)
They coincide with the equations found in the previous section (56) with the value of non-minimal coupling £3 = — 1. In fact, Einstein equations should not be vacuum ones but contain dependence on the field H^ through its energy - momentum tensor Tf?v. Our calculations could not produce this dependence because such dependence is expected to arise only if one takes into account string world sheets with nontrivial topology and renormalizes new divergencies arising from string loops contribution 23 . R,v + 0(a') = T»v - p^THaa,
(69)
29 where explicit form of the lowest contributions to the energy-momentum tensor T^v can be determined only from sigma model on world sheets with topology of annulus. In order to determine whether the equations (68) can be deduced from an effective lagrangian (and to find this lagrangian) one would need twoloop calculations in the string sigma-model. Two-loop contributions to the Weyl anomaly coefficients E^ are necessary because the effective equations of motion (67,68) are not the equations directly following from a lagrangian but some combinations of them similar to (55). In order to reverse the procedure of passing from the original lagrangian equations to (55) one would need the next to leading contributions in the conditions for VMi?Ml/ and H^ (68). Acknowledgments We are grateful to our collaborators D. Gitman and V. Krykhtin, and also to S. Kuzenko, H. Osborn, B. Ovrut, A. Tseytlin, M. Vasiliev and G. Veneziano for useful discussions. The work was supported by GRACENAS grant, project 97-6.2-34; RFBR grant, project 99-02-16617; RFBR-DFG grant, project 9902-04022 and INTAS grant N 991-590. I.L.B. is grateful to FAPESP for support of the research. References 1. I.L. Buchbinder, V.A. Krykhtin and V.D. Pershin, Phys. Lett. B 466, 216 (1999); I.L. Buchbinder, D.M. Gitman, V.A. Krykhtin and V.D. Pershin, Nucl. Phys. B 584, 615 (2000). 2. I.L. Buchbinder, D.M. Gitman and V.D. Pershin, "Causality of Massive Spin 2 Field in External Gravity", hep-th/0006144. 3. M. Fierz and W. Pauli, Proc. Royal Soc. A 173, 211 (1939). 4. S.J. Chang, Phys.Rev. 161, 1308 (1967); L.P.S. Singh and C.R. Hagen, Phys. Rev. D 9, 898 (1974). 5. C. Aragone and S. Deser, Nuov. Cim. A 3, 709 (1971); Nuov. Cim. B 57, 33 (1980). 6. A. Higuchi, Nucl. Phys. B 282, 397 (1987); Nucl. Phys. B 325, 745 (1989); Class. Quantum Grav. 6, 397 (1989). 7. I. Bengtsson, J. Math. Phys. 36, 5805 (1995). 8. A. Hindawi, B A . Ovrut and D. Waldram, Phys. Rev. D 53, 5583 (1996). 9. S.M. Klishevich, Class. Quant. Grav. 16, 2915 (1999). 10. G. Velo and D. Zwanziger, Phys. Rev. 188, 2218 (1969); G. Velo, Nucl. Phys. B 43, 389 (1972).
30
11. D. Zwanziger, Lecture Notes in Physics, 73, 143 (1978). 12. S. Deser, V. Pascalutsa and A. Waldron, "Massive Spin 3/2 Electrodynamics", hep-th/0003011. 13. C. Callan, D. Friedan, E. Martinec and M. Perry, Nucl. Phys. B 262, 593 (1985). E.S. Fradkin and A.A. Tseytlin, Phys. Lett. B 158, 316 (1985); Nucl. Phys. B 261, 1 (1985). 14. I.L. Buchbinder, E.S. Fradkin, S.L. Lyakhovich and V.D. Pershin, Phys. Lett. B 304, 239 (1993); I.L. Buchbinder, V.A. Krykhtin and V.D. Pershin, Phys. Lett. B 348, 63 (1995); I.L. Buchbinder, Nucl. Phys. (Proc. Suppl.) B 49, 133 (1996). 15. I.L. Buchbinder, V.D. Pershin and G.V. Toder, Mod. Phys. Lett. A 11, 1589 (1996); Class. Quantum Grav. 14, 589 (1997); Nucl. Phys. (Proc. Suppl). B 57, 280 (1997). 16. D.M. Gitman and I.V. Tyutin, Quantization of Fields with Constraints, Springer-Verlag, 1990. 17. E.S. Fradkin and M.A. Vasiliev, Nucl. Phys. B 291, 141 (1987); M.A. Vasiliev, Phys. Lett. B 243, 378 (1990); Int. J. Mod. Phys. D 5, 763 (1996); C. Cutler and R.M. Wald, Class. Quantum Grav. 4, 1267 (1987); R.M. Wald, Class. Quantum Grav. 4, 1279 (1987). 18. S. Ferrara and M. Porrati, Phys. Rev. D 46, 3529 (1992). 19. L. Brink, R.R. Metsaev and M.A. Vasiliev, "How massless are massless fields in AdSd", hep-th/0005136. 20. D. Nolland, Phys. Lett. B 485, 308 (2000). 21. S. Deser and R.I. Nepomechie, Ann. Phys. 154, 396 (1984). 22. A. Cucchieri, M. Porrati and S. Deser, Phys. Rev. D 51, 4543 (1995). 23. W. Fischler and L. Susskind, Phys. Lett. B 171, 383 (1986); ibid. 173, 262 (1986); C.S. Callan, C. Lovelace, C.R. Nappi and S.A. Yost, Nucl. Phys. B 288, 525 (1987). 24. D.M. McAvity and H. Osborn, Class. Quantum Grav. 8, 603 (1991); Nucl. Phys. B 394, 728 (1993); D.M. McAvity, Class. Quantum Grav. 9, 1983 (1992).
31
I N V A R I A N T S OF C H E R N - S I M O N S THEORY ASSOCIATED W I T H H Y P E R B O L I C MANIFOLDS A.A. BYTSENKO Departamento de Fisica, Universidade Estadual de Londrina, Caixa Postal 6001, Londrina-Parana, Brazil; on leave from Sankt-Petersburg State Technical University, Russia E-mail:
[email protected] A.E. GONQALVES Departamento de Fisica, Universidade Estadual de Londrina, Caixa Postal 6001, Londrina-Parana, Brazil E-mail:
[email protected] B.M. PIMENTEL Instituto de Fisica Teorica, Universidade Estadual Paulista, Rua Pamplona 145, 01405-900, Sao Paulo SP, Brazil E-mail address:
[email protected] Invariants of the Chern-Simons theory of irreducible £/(n)-flat connectionson real compact hyperbolic 3-manifolds are derived. The semiclassical limitfor the partition function is presented in terms of Selberg type zeta functions.
1
Introduction
The Witten's (topological) invariants have been explicitly calculated for a number of 3-manifolds and gauge groups i' 2 . 3 . 4 . 5 - 6 ' 7 . The semiclassical approximation for the Chern-Simons partition function (quadratic functional) may be expressed by the asymptotics for k —> co of Witten's invariant. This asymptotics leads to a series of C°°- invariants associated with triplets {X;F;Q with X a smooth homology 3— sphere, F a homology class of framings of X, and £ an acyclic conjugacy class of ortogonal representations of the fundamental group TT^X) 8 . In addition the cohomology H (X; Ad£) of X with respect to the local system related to Ad£ vanishes. In dimension three there are two important topological quantum field theories of cohomological type, namely topological 5(7(2) gauge theory of flat connection and a version of the Seiberg-Witten theory. The twisted M — 4 SUSY SU(2) pure gauge theory (version of the Donaldson-Witten theory) describes the Casson invariant 9 while Seiberg-Witten theory is a 3d twisted
32
version of M = 4 SUSY U{\) gauge theory with matter multiplet 1 0 , n . The both theories can be derived from 4d M — 2 SUSY SU(2) gauge theory corresponding via twist to Donaldson-Witten theory. It would be interesting and natural to investigate dual description of the M = 2 theory in low-energy limit. It could provides formulation of invariants of four-manifolds involving elements of the Chern-Simons invariants. This note is an extension of the previous papers 12>13. Our aim is to evaluate the semiclasssical partition function, weightted by exp[ikCS(A)], where CS(A) is the Chern-Simons secondary characteristic class related to the connection A. We shall do this analysis for real compact hyperbolic 3-manifolds F\EI 3 , where T is a co-compact discrete group of isometries (for details see Ref. 1 4 ) . The Chern-Simons functional CS(A) can be considered as a function on a space of connections on a trivial principal bundle over a compact oriented 3-manifold X given by
CS(A) = J-
f TT(AA(1A+^AAA/\A\
,
(1.1)
where the gauge fields A in a trivial bundle, i.e. 1-forms on the 3-dimensional manifold X with values in Lie algebra g of a gauge group ©. The ChernSimons invariant %Bcs{X;k) has to all orders in A;-1 = H/2-K (k € Z) an asymptotic stationary phase approximation of the form 15
mJcs(X;k) = Y2^o](X;k)exp ik (cS(A^) + £ CSn(A^)k~n j , j
V
71=2
/
(1.2) where CSn(A^) are the n-loop quantum corrections of flat connection A^ coming from the n-loop 1-particle irreducible Feynman diagrams. 2
The index theorem and the classical contribution to the partition function
For any representation \ '• T —> U(n) one can construct a vector bundle E^ over a certain 4-manifold M with boundary dM = X which is an extension of a flat vector bundle E^. over X. Let Ax be any extension of a flat connection Ax corresponding to x- The index theorem of Atiyah-Patodi-Singer for the twisted Dirac operator D^ 16>17.18 j s given by
33
Ind (DXx)
= J
c h ( E , ) i ( M ) - \(v(0,Ox)
+ h(0,Ox)),
(2.1)
where ch(Ej,) and A(M) are the Chern character and A— genus respectively, .4 = 1 - pi(M)/24, pi(M) is the 1-st Pontryagin class, h(0,Ox) is the dimension of the space of harmonic spinors on Xr (h(0,Ox) — dimker0 x = multiplicity of the O-eigenvalue of Ox acting on X); Ox is a Dirac operator on X acting on spinors with coefficients in \- The holomorphic function V(s,0)d^f
Y,
sgn(A)|A|-s=Tr(0(02)-(s+1)/2),
(2.2)
AeSpecO\{0}
is well defined for all ){« » 0 and extends to a meromorphic function on C Indeed, from the asymptotic behaviour of the heat operator at t = 0, Tr ( 0 e x p ( - f ; 0 2 ) ) = 0{t1'2) 19 and from the identity V(s, O) = - j ^ r f Tr (Oe-to2) &~^dt, (2.3) V 1 {-f-) JR+ ' it follows that r](s, O) admits a meromorphic extension to the whole s— plane, with at most simple poles at s = (dimX — g)/(ordO) (q £ Z+) and locally computable residues. It has been established that point s = 0 is not a pole, which makes it possible to define the eta invariant of O by TJ(0,O). It also follows directly that 77(0, -£>) = -77(0,0) and 77(0, A0) = 77(0,0), VA > 0. One can attach the eta invariant to any operator of Dirac type on a compact Riemannian manifold of odd dimension. Dirac operators on even dimensional manifolds have symmetric spectrums and, therefore, trivial eta invariants. The Chern-Simons invariants of X can be derived from Eq. (2.1). Indeed we have
/MCh(E,)A(«) = - l / ^ ^ / F j - <-WfMMM), (2.4) and
-^~jMPi(M)-\(v(0,Ox)
+ h(0,Ox)).
(2.5)
34
For a trivial representation xo one can take a trivial flat connection A = Axo; then Fr = 0 and for this choice we get
Ind (pXxo) = -~JMPi(M)
-1-(r](0,O) + h(0,O)).
(2.6)
Therefore
CS(X) = r (dim X r?(0,0) - V(0, Ox)) 2.1
modulo(Z/2).
(2.7)
Real compact hyperbolic manifolds
Let E be a locally symmetric Riemannian manifold with negative sectional curvature. Its universal covering £ -» £ is a Riemannian symmetric space of rank one. The group of orientation preserving isometries G of E is a connected semisimple Lie group of real rank one and £ = G/K, where K is a maximal compact subgroup of G. The fundamental group of X acts by covering transformations on £ and gives rise to a discrete, co-compact subgroup r C G such that £ = Y\G/K. Let G be a linear connected finite covering of G, the embedding r <—> G lifts to an embedding r •—> G. Let K C G be a maximal compact subgroup of G, then £ r = T\G/K is a compact manifold. For G = SO(n, 1) (n £ Z+), K = SO(n), and J = SO(n - 1). The corresponding symmetric space of non-compact type is the real hyperbolic space HP of sectional curvature —1. Its compact dual space is the unit n— sphere. A remarkable formula relating r](s,0), to the closed geodesies on X = £ r = F\H13 has been derived in 20<21. More explicitly the following function can be defined, initially for 5t(s2) > 0, by the formula
= W
5 ( r , ( ^ W - ^ ) ) ^ m(7)<
(2 8)
'
where £ i ( r ) is the set of those conjugacy classes [7] for which X1 has the property that the Euclidean de Rham factor of X7 is 1-dimensional (X is a simply connected cover of X which is a symmetric space of noncompact type), the number q is one-half the dimension of the fiber of the center bundle C(TX) over X-y, and L(j,0) is the Lefschetz number (see Ref. 2 1 ) . Furthermore logZ(s, O) has a meromorphic continuation to C given by the identity
35
\ogZ{s, O) = logdet' (%rr?) + W * , O), (2.9) \ C + is J where s e iSpec (O) (Spec(C) - {0}), and Z{s,0) satisfies the functional equation Z(s,0)Z(-s,0)=e27Tiriis'O).
(2.10)
Suppose now \ '• F -> U(F) be a unitary representation of T on F . The Hermitian vector bundle F = X Xp F over X inherits a fiat connection from the trivial connection on X x F. We specialize to the case of locally homogeneous Dirac operators O : Cco(X, E) -> C°°(X,E) in order to construct a generalized operator Ox, acting on spinors with coefficients in \- If O : C°°(X, V) -> C°°(X, V) is a differential operator acting on the sections of the vector bundle V, then O extends canonically to a differential operator Ox : C°°(X,V®W) -> C°°(X,V®¥), uniquely characterized by the property that Ox is locally isomorphic to O
... ® O (dimF times) 21 . One can repeat the arguments to construct a twisted zeta function Z(s,Ox). There exists a zeta function Z(s,Ox), meromorphic on C, given for 3f?(s2) » 0 by the formula
™-<»dg^J-^XM^XU*^
(2I1)
moreover one has \ogZ(0,Ox)
= mr1(0,Ox).
(2.12)
We are now able to use the formulae (2.9) and (2.12) for the eta invariant in Eq. (2.7). It follows that Z(0,Ox)
= Z{0,O)dimxe-2*iCSM.
(2.13)
Finally the Chern-Simons functional takes the form dim CS{X) . i l o g z(o,e>) *
Z(0,Ox)
and the classical factor becomes
modulo(Z/2),
(2.14)
36
exp [ikCS{x)} =
3
Z(0,O)dim*
exp[z27i7i(modulo(Z/2))].
Z(0,Ox)
(2.15)
One-loop contribution and associated invariants
The partition function of quadratic functional (one-loop expansion) %00(X; k) can be written in the form 2 2 ' 2 3 /t\C(0,|O|)/2
W0(X;k)=
(£j
/2
e-f'(
0
Vol(X)- d i m f f °( v )/ 2 .
' ° ) [T«(Jf)]
(3.1) As far as the zeta function £(0, \0\) is present in Eq. (3.1), we recall that exists e,S > 0 such that for 0 < t < S the heat kernel expansion for selfadjoint Laplace operators Cp (acting on the space of p-forms) is given by Tr(e-t£')=
E
ad£P)t-e
+ 0(f).
(3.2)
o<e<e0
One can show that the zeta function ((s, \0\) is well-defined and analytic for 3?(s) > 0 and can be continued to a meromorphic function on C, regular at s = 0. Moreover (see Refs. 2 2 . 2 3 ) ) C(0, \0\) = E ( - ! ) P M £ P ) - dimH*>(R(S))).
(3.3)
p=0
The zeta function £(0, |0|) appearing in the partition function (3.1) can be expressed in terms of the dimensions of the cohomology spaces of O. Indeed, for all p ao(£ p ) = 0, because we are dealing with odd-dimensional manifold without boundary. Since HP{R(S0)) = # m _ p ( V ) (the Poincare duality), m = (dimX - l ) / 2 , it follows that m
m
C(0||O|) = - £ ( - l ) * d i m f r * ( J i ( S ) ) = ( - l ) m + 1 E ( - l ) p d i m i F ( V ) . p=0
(3-4)
p=0
Using the Hodge decomposition, the cohomology H(X;£) can be embedded into fi(X;£) as the space of harmonic forms. This embedding induces a norm | • \RS on the determinant line detH(X; £). The Ray-Singer norm || • \\RS on detH{X; £) is defined by 24
37 [RS dlJ
dimX
n
(-l)"p/2
exp
ds
(3.5)
t(s,Zp
9=0
where the zeta function £(s,£ p ) of the Laplacian £ p acting on the space of p— forms orthogonal to the harmonic forms has been used. For a closed connected orientable smooth manifold of odd dimension and for Euler structure rj £ Eul(X) the Ray-Singer norm of its cohomological torsion Tan(X;r]) = Tan(X) € d e t # ( X ; £ ) is equal to the positive square root of the absolute value of the monodromy of £ along the characteristic class c{rj) 6 Hl{X) 25 : \\Ti2n\x)\\RS = |det c c(r?)| x / 2 . In the special case where the flat bundle £ is P acyclic (H (X;£) = 0) and (-1)"
dimX
[T^(X)}
= idetecfa)! n p=0
exp
-^C(s,£ P )| g =o
(3.6)
L
For odd-dimensional manifold the Ray-Singer norm is topological invariant: it does not depend on the choice of metric on X and £, used in the construction. But for even-dimensional X this is not the case 26 . For real hyperbolic manifolds of the form r \ H 3 the dependence of the L2— analytic torsion (3.6) on zeta functions can be expressed in terms of Selberg functions Zp(s; \)- In the prtesence of non-vanishing Betti numbers 6j = bi(X) = rankzi?j(Xr; Z)) we have 12 ' 13
[T^X? =
(b1-bo)\[Z{0bo\2;X)f [6o!]2z
(61-6o)(1;x)
exp
3?r
Voi(r\G)
(3.7)
Finally the dependence of eta invariant 77(0,0) of Atiyah-Patodi-Singer on the connected map O has been expressed in Eq. (2.9) and therefore exp [ - f 7,(0, O ^ Z O J . O ) - 1 / 4 . 4
Concluding remarks
Formulae (2.15) and (3.1) give the value of the asymptotics of the ChernSimons invariant in the one-loop expansion. The invariant involves the L 2 — analytic torsion on a hyperbolic 3-manifold, which can be expressed by means of Selberg zeta functions and a Shintani zeta function Z(0, Ox) associated with the eta invariant of Atiyah-Patodi-Singer 16 . In particular, explicit results
38
obtained in the paper can be very important for investigating the relation between quantum invariants for an oriented 3-manifold, defined with the help of a representation theory of quantum groups 27 - 28 ) and Witten's invariant 2 9 , which is, instead, related to the path integral approach. Acknowledgments We thank Prof. F.L. Williams for useful discussion. B.M.P. and A.A.B. thanks CNPq for partial support. References 1. R. DIJKGRAAF AND E. WiTTEN, Commun. Math. Phys. 129, 393 (1990). 2. R. K I R B Y AND P . MELVIN, Invent. Math. 105, 473 (1991). 3. D.S. F R E E D AND R.E. G O M P F , Commun. Math. Phys. 141, 79 (1991). 4. L.C. J E F F R E Y , Commun. Math. Phys. 147, 563 (1992). 5. S.K. RAMA AND S. SEN, Mod. Phys. Lett. A 8, 2285 (1993). 6. L. ROZANSKY, Commun. Math. Phys. 171, 279 (1995). 7. L. ROZANSKY, Commun. Math. Phys. 175, 275 (1996). 8. S. AXELROD AND I.M. SINGER, J. Diff. Geom. 39, 173 (1994).
9. M. BLAU
AND
G.
THOMPSON,
Commun. Math. Phys. 152, 41 (1993).
10. N. SEIBERG AND E. W I T T E N , Nucl. Phys. 5 426, 19 (1994).
11. E. W I T T E N , Math. Res. Lett. 1, 769 (1994). 12. A.A. BYTSENKO, L. VANZO AND S. ZERBINI, Nucl. Phys. B 505, 641
(1997). 13. A.A. BYTSENKO, A.E. GONQALVES AND W . DA CRUZ, Mod.
Phys.
Lett. A 13, 2453 (1998). 14. A. A. BYTSENKO, G. COGNOLA, L. VANZO AND S. ZERBINI,
Phys.
Rep. 266, 1 (1996). 15. L. ROZANSKY AND E. W I T T E N , "Hyper-Kdhler Geometry and Invariants of Three-Manifolds", hep-th/9612216. 16. M.F. ATIYAH, V.K. PATODI AND I.M. SINGER, Math.
Proc.
Camb.
Proc.
Camb.
Proc.
Camb.
Phil. Soc. 77, 43 (1975). 17. M.F. ATIYAH, V.K. PATODI AND I.M. SINGER, Math.
Phil. Soc. 78, 405 (1975). 18. M . F . ATIYAH, V.K. PATODI AND I.M. SINGER, Math.
Phil. Soc. 79, 71 (1976). 19. J.-M. BISMUT AND D.S. (1986) .
FREED,
Commun.
Math.
Phys.
107, 103
39 20. J.J. MILLSON, Ann. Math. 108, 1 (1978). 21. H. MOSCOVICI AND R.J. STANTON, Invent. Math. 95, 629 (1989). 22. D.H. ADAMS AND S. SEN, "Partition Function of a Quadratic Functional and Semiclassical Approximation for Witten's 3-Manifold Invariant", hep-th/9503095. 23. D.H. ADAMS, Phys. Lett. B 417, 53 (1998). 24. D. RAY AND I. SINGER, Adv. Math. 7, 145 (1971). 25. M. FARBER AND V. T U R A E V , "Poincare'-Reidemeister Metric, Euler Structures, and Torsion", math.DG/9803137. 26. J.-M. BISMUT AND W. ZHANG, "An Extension of a Theorem by Cheeger and Muller", Asterisque 205, (1992). 27. N. RESHETIKHIN AND V. T U R A E V , Commun. Math. Phys. 127, 1 (1990). 28. N. RESHETIKHIN AND V. T U R A E V , Invent. Math. 103, 547 (1991). 29. E. W I T T E N , Commun. Math. Phys. 121, 351 (1989).
40
LOCALIZATION OF E Q U I V A R I A N T COHOMOLOGY I N T R O D U C T O R Y A N D EXPOSITORY R E M A R K S A.A. BYTSENKO Departamento de Fisica, Universidade Estadual de Londrina, Caixa Postal 6001, Londrina-Parana, Brazil E-mail: [email protected] F.L. WILLIAMS University of Massachusetts, Amherst, 01003, USA E-mail: [email protected]
Department of Mathematics,
1
Massachusetts
Introduction
In 1982 J.J. Duistermaat and G. Heckman 12 found a formula which expressed certain oscillatory integrals over a compact symplectic manifold as a sum over critical points of a corresponding phase function. In this sense these integrals are localized, and their stationary-phase approximation is exact with no error terms occuring. The ideas and techniques of localization extended to infinite-dimensional settings have proved to be quite useful and indeed central for many investigations in theoretical physics - investigations ranging from supersymmetric quantum mechanics, topological and supersymmetric field theories, to integrable models and low-dimensional gauge theories, including two-dimensional Yang-Mills theory 25 . Path integral localization appears in the work of M. Semenov-Tjan-Schanskii 23 , which actually pre-dates 12 . E. Witten was the first to propose an extension of the DuistermaatHeckman (D-H) formula to an infinite-dimensional manifold - namely to the loop space LM of smooth maps from the circle S 1 to a compact orientable manifold M. In this case a purely formal application of the D-H formula to the partition function of N — 1/2 supersymmetric quantum mechanics yields a correct formula for the index of a Dirac operator 1. Further arguments in this direction were presented with mathematical rigor by J.-M. Bismut in 7 ' 8 . The various generalizations of D-H generally require formulations in terms of equivariant cohomology. One has, for example, the Berline-Vergne (B-V) localization formula 35<6 which expresses the integral of an equivariant cohomology class as a sum over zeros of a vector field to which that class is related; also see 9>16'25>29 for example, a broder formulation of the localization formula. Our remarks here are designed to provide members of the Confer-
41
ence, and others, with a brief introduction to the B-V localization formula, and to indicate how the D-H formula is derived from it. Thus our goal is deliberately very modest. We shall limit our discussion, in particular, to the finite-dimensional setting as our idea is to convey the basic flavor of these formulas. This introduction should prepare readers for quite more ambitions discussions found in 6 - 16 . 25 ) for example. The role of equivariant cohomology in physical theories will continue to grow as it has grown in past years. In particular it will be an indispensable tool for topological theories of gauge, strings, and gravity. We thank the organizers of this Conference for this opportunity to present these brief remarks on a topic of such growing interest in the physics community. 2
The equivariant cohomology space H(M, X, s)
For an integer j > 0 let A J M denote the space of smooth complex differential forms of degree j on a smooth manifold M. d : A J M —> A J + 1 M will denote exterior differentiation, and for a smooth vector field X on M, 6{X) : A J M —> A J M, i(X) : SPM -> A J _ 1 M will denote Lie and interior differentiation by X, respectively:
(0(X)w)(Xi,...,X,O=*w(*i>-»,*i) j
-^2uj(X1,...,Xt_u[X,Xl],Xt+1,...,Xj),
(2.1)
i=i
(i{X)w)(X1,...,Xj-l)=w(X,X1,...Xj-1)
(2.2)
for LO G A J M and for X\,..., Xj € VM = the space of smooth vector fields on M. One has the familiar rules 9{X) = di{X) + i(X)d, d6(X) = 6{X)d, 9(X)i(X) i(X)2 For a complex number s let
=
i(X)6(X),
= 0; of course d? = 0.
(2.3)
42
dx,s =d+ si(X) on AM = ^ ® A j M .
(2.4)
j>0
Then by (2.3), dxJ{X)
= 6{X)dx,s
and d\
s
AXM = {UJ € \M\0(X)u of AM is dx,s— invariant and d\ the cohomology space
= sO(X). Hence the subspace = 0},
(2.5)
= 0 on A x M . It follows that we can define
H(M, X, s) = Z(M, X, s)/B(M, X, s)
(2.6)
for Z(M,X,s) = kernel of dx,s on AXM, B(M,X,s) = dx,sAxM. The space H(M,X,s) appears to depend on the parameter s. However it is not difficult to show that for s ^ 0 there is an isomorphism of H(M, X, s) onto H(M,X,1). For X = 0, H(M,0, s) is the ordinary de Rham cohomology of M. We shall be interested in the case when M has a smooth Riemannian structure <, > , and when M is oriented and even-dimensional. Thus let w G A 2 n M — {0}, dim M = 2n, define the orientation of M. In this case we assume moreover that X is a Killing vector field: X < Xl,X2>
= <[X,X1],X2
> + <X1,[X,X2]
>
(2.7)
for Xi,X2 € VM. If p € M is a zero of X (i.e. Xp = 0) then there is an induced linear map £P(X) of the tangent space TP{M) of M at p such that £,P(X)(ZP)
= [X,Z]P
for ZeVM.
(2.8)
Because of (2.7) one has that £>P{X) is skew-symmetric; i.e. < ZP{X)VUV2 >p= - < VUZP{X)V2 >p for VUV2 e TP(M). Let fp(X) : TP(M) © TP(M) —¥ffibe the corresponding skew-symmetric bilinear form on TVM: fp(X)(V1,V2)=;
>p for VUV2 e TPM.
(2.9)
In order to apply some standard linear algebra to the real inner product space (TP(M), < , > p ) , we suppose ZP{X) is a non-singular linear operator on TP(M) : det£ p (X) ^ 0; equivalently, this means that the bilinear form
43
fp{X) is non-degenerate. Then one can find an ordered orthonormal basis of Tp(M) such that e = e(p) = {ej = e ^ f e £p(X)e2j-i
£p(X)e2j
— Xje2j,
= -Xje2j-i,
for 1 < j < n,
where each Xj £ M — {0}. In other words, relative to e the matrix of has the form
(2.10) £P(X)
0 -A x Xi 0 (2.11)
2p{X) = 0 -An A„ 0
Moreover, interchanging e\, e2 if necessary, we can assume that e is positively oriented: w p (ei, ...,e 2 „) > 0. Finally, consider the PfafRan Pf e (£ p (X)) of £P(X) relative to e: 1 Pf e (£p(X)) = 1 [fpW
A - A / P (X)] (eu ...,e 2 „).
(2.12)
Pf e (£ p (X)) satisfies
(*) (**)
Pfe(£ppO)2 = det£ppO, Pf e (£ P (X)) = ( - l ) n A 1 - - - A n .
If e' = {e^}2™! is another ordered, positively oriented orthogonal basis of TP{M) then
Pf e .(£ p P0) = Pf e (£ p P0).
(2.13)
Equation (2.13) means that we can define a square-root of £P(X) by setting [det£ p (X)] 1 / 2 = ( - l ) " P f e ( £ p ( X ) ) .
(2.14)
44
That is, the square-root is independent of the choice e of an ordered, positively oriented orthogonal basis of T P (M). By (**) we have [det£ p (X)] 1 / 2 = Ai • •A n . The reader is reminded that the hypotheses Xp = 0 and det(£ p (X)) ^ 0 were imposed, with X a Killing vector field. 3
The localization formula
As before we are given an oriented, 2n— dimensional Riemannian manifold (M, w, <, >). Now assume that G is a compact Lie group which acts smoothly on M, say on the left, and that the metric <, > is G— invariant. Let g denote the Lie algebra of G. Given X £ g, there is an induced vector field X* £ VM on M: for <j> £ C°°{M), p£ M {X*4>){p) = !<Mexp(iX) -p)|t=o.
(3-1)
Since <, > is G— invariant, one knows that X* is a Killing vector field. X* is said to be non-degenerate if for every zero p € M of X*, the induced linear map £ P (X*) : TP(M) -> TV(M) non-singular. Since X* is a Killing vector field, £,P(X*) is skew-symmetric with respect to the inner product structure <, > p on TP(M), as we have noted, and non-singularity of £P(X*) means that we can construct the square-root [det£ p (X*)] 1 / 2 = ( - l ) n P f e ( £ p ( X * ) ) = Ai • • • A n ,
(3.2)
as in (2.14). For a form r 6 AM = ^ ©A J M we write r, € A J M for its homogeneous j — th component, In
T = (To,...,T2n) = J2Ti'
(3-3)
3=0
and we write [r] for the cohomology class of r in case r € Z(M,Y,s) for Y € VM, s G C; i.e. dy,sT = 0 for dy,s in (2.4). When M is compact, in particular, one can integrate any 2n— form (as M is orientable). Thus we can define
f r = f r2n, JM
and in fact we can define
JM
(3.4)
45
/ M = / * = I ^„. JM
JM
(3.5)
JM
The integral JM[T] really does depend only on the class [r] of r. That is, if T' G B(M,Y,S) then by a quick computation using Stokes' theorem one sees that JMT' = 0. Similarly if p G M with F p = 0 then T'Q(J>) = 0 for r' G B(M, y, s). In fact if we write r' = dy,s/3 for ,5 G A y M then one has r' = (ai(y)^i,rf/3o+ si(Y)/32, dfo + si(Y)/33, d/32 + si(Y)(34, ..., df32n-2
+ si(Y)02n,
dfcn-l)
= d/30 + si{Y)p0 + dfa + ai(Y)fa + d/32 + si{Y)fc + ... + dp2n + si{Y)
fan-
(3.6)
Thus T^{p) - s/3Xp{Yp) = 0, and JMT' = fMd/32n-i = 0, which proves (i). It follows that the map p* : H(M, Y, s) -> K given by P*M=7b(p) for Yp = 0
(3.7)
is well-defined. In 3 ' 4 ' 5 , N. Berline and M. Vergne, following some ideas of R. Bott in 10 , established the following localization theorem, where the choice s = —2ny/^l is made. Theorem 3.1. Assume as above that M and G are compact and that the Riemannian metric <, > on M is G— invariant; i.e. each a G G acts as an isometry of M. For X G g, the Lie algebra of G, assume that the induced vector field X* on M (see (3.1)) is non-degenerate; thus the square-root in (3.2) is well-defined (and is non-zero) for p G M a zero of X* (i.e. X* = 0). Then for any cohomology class [T] G H(M,X*, — 2ffy/— 1) one has
/J"-'-1'-* PS. *A*
<38)
p= a zero of X *
see (3.5), (3.7). For concrete applications of Theorem 3.1 we shall need to construct concrete cohomology classes in H(M, X*, — 27r\/-I). The construction of such
46
classes requires that a bit more be assumed about M and G. Suppose for example that M has a symplectic structure a : a G A2 M is a closed 2-form (i.e. da — 0) such that for every p G M the corresponding skew-symmetric form top : TP{M)®TP{M) —> R is non-degenerate. In particular M is oriented by the Liouville form 1 wff = — aA--
• A a GA2nM-{0}.
(3.9)
Suppose also that there is a map J : g —> C°°(M) which satisfies i(X*)a + dJ{X) = 0, V X G g ,
(3.10)
an equality of 1-forms. The existence of such a map J amounts to the assumption that the action of G on M is Hamiltonian, a point which we shall return to later. Given J define for each X G g the form TX G AM by rx =(j(X),0,-^=,0,...,o);
(3.11)
see (3.3). We claim that rx G Z ( M , X * , - 2 7 r - / I T ) . Since J(X) is a function i(X*)J(X) = 0. Therefore by (2.3) and (3.10), 6{X*)J{X) = i(X*)dJ(X) = -i(X*)2a = 0 and 6(X*)a = di(X*)a + i(X*)da = di(X*)a (as da = 0) = -d2 J(X) = 0. By definition (3.11) it follows that 6(X*)TX = (6(X*)J(X),0,-e(X*)a/2ny/=l,0,...,0) = 0, which by (2.5) means that TX G AX'M. Also for s = -I-K^T^, by definition (2.4) and (3.10), dX',sTx = x {d + si(X*))r = dJ(X) + si{X*)J(X) - da/2-Kyf^l - si{X*)a/2Tr^l = —i(X*)a + i{X*)a = 0, which verifies the claim, where again we have used that i(X*)J(X) = 0, da = 0. Thus, given J, we have for each X G g a cohomology class [TX] G H(M,X*, - 2 7 r v / : : I ) . 4
The class
In the next section the Duistermaat-Heckman formula will be derived by a direct application of Theorem 3.1. The main point is the construction of an appropriate cohomology class. Namely for the cocycle TX G Z(M, X*, — 27r>/-T) in (3.11) we wish to construct for c G C a well-defined form eCT which also is an element of Z(M,X*, -2-Kyf^l). Thus again suppose J which satisfies (3.10) is given. For X G g let T0 = J(X), n = 0, T 2 = -afi-Ks/^l, Tj = 0 for 3 < j < 2n, and let r = TX.
47
That is, by (3.11), r = (T0,TI,T2, ...,r 2 n ) = ( r 0 , 0 , r 2 , 0 , 0 , ...,0). If wi,w 2 are forms of degree p, 9 respectively, then u\ and W2 commute if either p or g is even, since wi A LJ2 = (-l) P 9 w 2 A u i . In particular r 0 and r 2 commute. Now if A and I? are commuting matrices one has eA+B = eA • eB. Since TQ and T2 commute we should have, formally for any complex number c, CT = CTQ+CT2 => ecr
_
ecr0.ecr2
=
cr e
o (1 + C T 2 + C 2 ^ ^ ! + C 3 r | / 3 ! + . . . ) , w i t h 7^' = T2 A • • • A T2
2j
(j times) € A M. Since A 2 j M = 0 for j > n we can take J2jLo c3Til^- t 0 mean X)?=o ^T\hy-- That is, thinking of cr^/jl as (0,0,..., cr^/jl, 0,..., 0) and 1 as (1,0,0, ...,0) for 1 G C°°(Af), we are therefore lead to define eCT by e c r = ( V ° , 0,e"°cr 2 , 0,e C T °^c 2 r 2 , 0, e c r ° ^ c 3 r 3 , 0, ..., 0, e CT0 -^c"r 2 ") € AM;
(4.1)
compare (3.3). Now i(X*)eCT° = 0 (as eCT° is a function), and deCT° = ceCT°dT0. That is, by (2.3), 6>(X*)ecr° = d(X*)e c r °dr 0 = c[i{X*)eCT°dr0 + eCTH(X*)dT0] = ceCTH(X*)dTQ, where r 0 = J{X) ^ (by (2.3), (3.10)) i(X*)dT0 = -i(X*)2a = 0 => 6(X*)eCT° ( = 0. More generally, CT0 6{X*)e {d>4)/j\ = (d(X*)eCT°)(d>Ti)/j\ + eCT°(c> /j!)0(X*)r| cro J , r b e (c 7i!)^ (^*)' 2 ( y (")) = 0> again by the fact that 6(X*) is a derivation and the fact that 9(X*)T2 = -l/2n,/=iO(X*)a with 6(X*)a = 0 (as abserved earlier). By (4.1) we see therefore that 6(X*)eCT = 0 => eCT 6 A ^ . M , by (2.5). We claim moreover that dx',seCT = 0 for s = -2-n\f^\. By (3.6) and (4.1) dx*,seCT = (0, dfl, + si{X*)/32, 0, e% + 8i(Xm)0it •..,d/3 2n -2+«(A-*)/32„,0)
0, (4.2)
for p2j = eCTod>T32lJ\. Using that d(ux A w2) ( = } dwi A w2 + ( - l ) d e s w i W l A du>2 for forms wi,W2 of homogeneous degree and that e CT °,r 2 are of even degree, we get deCT°i{ = deCT° A T32 + eCT° A dr{ where dr{ = 0 (by (iii) since dr2 = -l/(2iry/=l)da = 0) =>• d/32j = (c>/j\)eCT°dcT0 A 75* ( =' -(c>+l/j\)eCT0{i(X*)a) A r | , by (3.10). Similarly i{X*)eCT°4 = CT cr CT (i(X*)e °)r| + e ° i ( X * ) r | = e °i(X*)4, where i(X*)r| = J T ^ ' - 1 Ai(X*)r 2 (since i(X*) also satisfies the derivative property (iii), and since i(X*)r2 and r2 commute as degr 2 = 2) => i{X*)/32jeCT°(cj/(j - l ) ! ) r | _ 1 Ai(X*)r 2 =
48
e"°(c?l{i - l ) ! ) ^ ' " 1 A i{X*)o/s (for s = - 2 T T > / = 1 ) => si{X*)p2j+2 = eCT°{ci+l/j\)4 Ai(X*)a. That is, by (iv) and (v), d/32j + si(X*)P2j+2 = 0 (again as i(X*)r2 and r 2 commute), which by (4.2) establishes the claim. Hence the following is proved. Theorem 4.1. Suppose J : g -> C°°(M) which satisfies (3.10) is given, where a is a symplectic structure on M. Recall that for X £ g, equation (3.11) defines a cocycle TX £ Z(M,X*, —2ir\/^l). Similarly for c £ C, define eCT by (4.1):
ecr*
=
(ecJ(X)
Q
cJ(X)
(
°_\
AecJ(X)^
, 0, e^x^- ,c" — ^ /=: : n! V-27r v T / /or d i m M = 2n. Then also eCT the cohomology class e 5
crX
£
(
° V
SAM,
(4.3) and thus we have
Z(M,X*,-2TTT/^1),
] € H(M,X*
::
,-2TTV T);
0
see (2.4), (2.6),
(3.1).
The Duistermaat-Heckman Formula
Theorem 4.1 contains the basic assumption that a function J : g —¥ Cco(M) exists which satisfies condition (3.10). As pointed out earlier this assumption amounts to the assumption that the action of G on M is Hamiltonian - a point which we will now explain. Given the symplectic structure a on M there is a duality Y •*->• /3y between smooth vector fields Y £ VM and smooth 1-forms j3y A1M on M: (3Y(Z) = a(Y,Z)
for every Z £ VM.
(5.1)
Y £ VM is called a Hamiltonian vector field if (3y is exact: fiy = d for some 4> £ C°°(M). Let HVM denote the space of Hamiltonian vector fields on M. Actually HVM is a Lie algebra. For example, given any £ C°°(M), the smooth 1-form d(f> corresponds (by the aforementioned duality) to a smooth vector field Y^ on M. Thus Yj, £ HVM and by (2.2) and (5.1) we have for every Z £ VM, {i{Y^)a){Z) = a{Y,Z) = dct>{Z) => d<j> = %{Yt)o.
(5.2)
49
The equation [2 for fa, 4>2 e C°° ( M )
(5.3)
defines the Poisson bracket [, ] on C°°(M) which converts C°°(M) into a Lie algebra such that the map p : (j> —> Yd, : C°°{M) —> HVM is a Lie algebra homomorphism; i.e. [ ^ i , ^ ] = ^[01,02] • The (left) action of G on M is called symplectic if X* e ffVM, VX G g; see (3.1). Now the map X -> X* : g —> VM is not a Lie algebra homomorphism since [Xi,X2]* = — [ X ^ X Q ] for X 1 ; X 2 e g. If we define r\ : g -> F M by T/(X) = (-X*) = - X * then we do obtain a homomorphism: T?([XI,X2]) = — [Xi,X2]* = [X*,X|] = [—rj(Xi), -7y(X2)] = [77(Xi),r/(X2)]. In other words if the action of G is symplectic then rj : g -> HVM is a Lie algebra homomorphism. The (left) action of G on M is called Hamiltonian if it is symplectic and if the Lie algebra homomorphism 77 : g —> HVM has a lift to C°°(M) - i.e. if there exists a Lie algebra homomorphism J : g -> C°°(M) such that the diagram
C°°(M)
HVM (5.4)
is commutative: 77 = p o J, or - X * = yJ(Jf)
for every X 6 g.
(5.5)
We note that such a J will indeed satisfy condition (3.10). Namely, by (5.2) and (5.5), dJ(X) = i(yj(x))V = -i(X*)a for X 6 g. The triple (M,a,J), for J subject to (5.4), is called a Hamiltonian G— space 15-29. The basic example of a Hamiltonian (7— space is that of an orbit O in the dual space g* of g under the adjoint action of G o n g " , where a is chosen as the Kirillov symplectic form on M = O, and where J is given by a canonical construction (see Appendix). We are now in position to state the Duistermaat-Heckman formula - in a form directly derivable from Theorem 3.1.
50
Theorem 5.1. Suppose as above that (M,a,J) is a Hamiltonian G— space where G and M are compact. Orient M by the Liouville form ioa in (3.9). Then for c G C and for X G g with X* non-degenerate, we have
y cJ
'»
-
,75,
[det £„(*•)]»
p = a zero of X*
Here, as in Theorem 3.1, some G— invariant Riemannian metric <, > on M has been selected, and the square-root in (5.6) is that in (3.2). The proof of (5.6) is quite simple, given Theorem 3.1. Namely, given the lifting J (where we have noted that (5.4) implies (3.10)) let cj(X) = eC7"* be the cohomology class constructed in Theorem 4.1, for c G C, X G g. By (3.7) and (4.3) P*cj(X) = ecJWW
for X; = 0,
(5.7)
and by (3.5) and (4.3)
-<-»• (^)7„^m-
/„«<*>- (^tTL^i
(5.8) On the other hand given that X* is non-degenerate, the localization formula (3.8) gives /
M
^
[det£ p (X*)] 2
p= a zero of X*
by (5.7). That is, by (5.8) and (5.9) we obtain exactly formula (5.6), as desired. Note that for X G g, Z G VM, and p G M, dJ(X)p(Zp) [dJ(X){Z)](p) = [(-i(X*)a)(Z)](p) (as J satisfies (3.10)) = -a(X*,Z)(p) (by (2.2)) = -ap(X;,Zp). Hence dJ(X)p = 0 if X; = 0, and conversely dJ(X)p = 0 => X* = 0 since <7P is non-degenerate. (5.6) can therefore be expressed as 2TT\"
v-
ecJ(x)i.P)
j,^,
[det£ p (X*)] 5
p= a critical point of
J(X)
(5.10)
51 where the critical points of J{X) are those where dJ(X) vanishes. Recall that the asymptotic behaviour of an oscillatory integral /(/,*)= / JX(—some
e^VWdx
(5.11)
space)
for large t is given by the stationary-phase approximation - the dominant terms of this approximation being governed by the critical points of the phase f(x). If we choose c = y/^lt, for t 6 K, in (5.10), in particular, we see that the D-H formula can be viewed as an exactness result in a stationary-phase approximation of the integrals JM es'~ltJt^x^u!a, as our remarks of Section 1 indicated. For extended and much broader discussions of material introduced here, the two references 6 ' 25 are especially recommended. The reference 25 in particular serves as a vast source of information for the needs of physicists. Further reading of interest is found in the references 2,11,13,14,17,18,19,20,21,22,24,26,27,28 Appendix The D-H formula of Theorem 5.1 was stated in the context of a Hamiltonian G— space (M, a, J). We pointed out that the premier example of such a space is an orbit O in the dual space g* of the Lie algebra g of a Lie group G, where the action of G on g* (which is called the co-adjoint action) is induced by the adjoint action of G on g. Namely for a linear functional / on g, / € g*, (a • f)(X)
= f(Ad{a~l)X)
for a e G, X e g.
(A.l)
We shall recall how the (well-known) symplectic structure a on O is obtained (due to A.A. Kirillov) and how the lifting J is canonically constructed. Thus we exhibit ( 0 , er = ao,J = Jo) as a key example of a Hamiltonian G— space. For this purpose it is convenient to regard the orbit of / as a homogeneous space: O ~ G/Gf where Gf is the stabilizer of / : Gf = {aeG\a-f
= f}.
(A.2)
Gf is a closed subgroup of G with Lie algebra gf given by
g{ = {Xeg\f([x,Y])
=o vreg}.
(A3)
Let T? be the corresponding Maurer - Cartan 1-form on G. That is, r* € VlG is the unique left-invariant 1-form on G subject to the condition
52 Tf(X)(l)
= f(X)
Vl£g.
(A4)
Let 7r : G —> G/Gf denote the quotient map. Theorem A . l . G/Gf has a symplectic structure a which is uniquely given by n*a = dr?. Here 7T*wi denotes the pull-back of a form ui. The form a is also leftinvariant; i.e. l*aa = a where la : G/Gf —• G/Gf denotes left translation by a £ G. Given X £ g define x • G/Gf -» R by
(^-5)
for a £ G; tfrx is well-defined by (A.2). One can show by computation that dx = -i{X*)o.
(A.6)
That is, by (5.1), /?_x* = d —X* (or X*) is Hamiltonian for each X £ g; i.e. the action of G on G/Gf is symplectic. To see that this action is Hamiltonian we must construct a lift J : g =>• C°°(G/Gf) of 7/ : X ->• - X * . Namely define J by J ( X ) = x for fo in (A.5).
(A.7)
Recall that p : C°°(M) -» # V M is given by p(c/>) = 1^. That is, by (5.2) and (A.6), p ( 0 x ) = —X* = r)(X), which shows that J does satisfy the commutative diagram in (5.4). The final step is to show that J is a homomorphism. Let Xi,X2 £ g, a £ G. The Poisson bracket is given by (5.3): [J(X1),J(X2)](n(a)) = (p(J(X1))J(X2))
= (YJ{Xl)J{X2))
(7r(o))
(Tr(a)) = (r1(X1)J(X2))
(n(a))
(again by (5.4)) = ((-X*)cj>X2) (n(a)) (by (A.7)) = jt4>xA(eM-tX1))-n(a))\t=o
(by (3.1))
= -T,x2 (7r((exp(-fXi)) • a)) \t=0
53
= jtf{Ad(a-1exp(X1))X2)\t=0 = jtf
(by (A5))
{Ad(a-l)Ad(exp(X1))X2)
= jt(a-f)(Ad(exp(X1))X2)\t=0 = (a • f) {[XltX2])
\i=0 (by (A5))
= f {Adia-'KXuX,})
.
(A.S)
On the other hand J([XUX2})
(7r(a)) = 4>[xux2Ma))
= /(i4d(o" 1 )[-X'i,^2])
(by (A7))
(by (A5))
(A9)
which proves that [J{Xi), J(X2)] = J([Xi,X 2 ]). Acknowledgments A.A.B. thanks CNPq for partial support. References 1. M. ATIYAH, "Circular Symmetry and Stationary - Phase Approximation", Colloquim in Honor of Laurent Schwartz 1, Asterisque 131, 43-59 (1985). 2. M. ATIYAH AND R. B O T T , "The Moment Map and Equivariant Coho-
mology", Topology 23, 1-28 (1984). 3. N. BERLINE AND M. VERGNE, "Classes Characteristiques Equivariantes, Formules de Localisation en Cohomologie Equivariante"', C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 295, 539-541 (1982). 4. N. BERLINE AND M. VERGNE, "Zeros d'un Champ de Vectors et Classes Characteristiques Equivariantes", Duke Math. J. 50, 539-549 (1983). 5. N. BERLINE AND M. VERGNE, "Fourier Transforms of Orbits of the Co-adjoint Representation", In Proceedings of the Conference on Representation Theory of Reductive Groups (Park City, Utah, 1982), Progress in Math., Birkhauser, Boston 40,53-67 (1983). 6. N. BERLINE, E. G E T Z L E R AND M. VERGNE, "Heat Kernels and Dirac Operators" (Springer - Verlag, Berlin 1991).
54
7. J. BiSMUT, "Index Theorem and Equivariant Cohomology on the Loop Space", Commun. Math. Phys. 98, 213-237 (1985). 8. J. BiSMUT, "Localization Formulas, Superconnections, and the Index Theorem for Families", Commun. Math. Phys. 103, 127-166(1986). 9. M. BLAU AND G. THOMPSON, "Localization and Diagonalization: A Review of Functional Integral Techniques for Low - Dimensional Gauge Theories and Topological Field Theories", J. Math. Phys. 36, 2192-2236 (1995). 10. R. B O T T , "Vector Fields and Characteristic Numbers", Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967), 231-244 (1967) 11. S. CORDES, G. M O O R E AND S. R A M G O O ( 1 9 6 7 ) L A M , "Lectures on 2D Yang-Mills Theory, Equivariant Cohomology and Topological Field Theories", In Fluctuating Geometries in Statistical Mechanics and Field Theory (Les Houches), North Holland, Amsterdam,505-682 (1996). 12. J. DUISTERMAAT AND G. HECKMAN, "On the Variation in the Cohomology of the Symplectic Form of the Reduced Phase Space", Invent. Math. 69, 259-268 (1982). 13. H. DYKSTRA, J. LYKKEN AND E. RAITEN, "Exact Path Integrals by Equivariant Localization", Phys. Lett. B 302, 223-229 (1993). 14. K. FUNAHASHI, T. KASHIWA, S. SAKODA AND K F U J I I , "Exactness in the WKB Approximation for some Homogeneous Spaces", J. Math. Phys. 36, 4590-4611 (1995). 15. B. KOSTANT, "Quantization and Unitary Representations", In Lectures in Modern Analysis and Applications III, Lecture Notes in Math., Springer-Verlag 170, 87-208 (1970). 16. A. NiEMi, "Localization, Equivariant Cohomology and Integration Formulas", In Particles and Fields, CRM Series in Math. Phys., Springer, 211-250 (1999). 17. A. NIEMI AND P . PASANEN, "Orbit Geometry, Group Representations, and Topological Quantum Field Theories", Phys. Lett. B 253, 349-356 (1991). 18. A. NIEMI AND O. TIRKKONEN, "Cohomological Partition Functions for a Class of Bosonic Theories", Phys. Lett. B 293 (1992) 339-343. 19. A. NIEMI AND O. TIRKKONEN, "On Exact Evaluation of Path Integrals", Ann. of Phys. B 235, 318-349 (1994). 20. P . PARADAN, "Action Hamiltoniene d'un Tore et Formula de Localisation en Cohomologies Equivariante", C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 324, 491-496 (1997). 21. R. PiCKEN, "The Duistermaat-Heckman Integration Formula on Flag Manifolds", J. Math. Phys. 31, 616-638 (1990).
55
22. A. SCHWARZ AND O. ZABORONSKY, "Supersymmetry and Localization", Commun. Math. Phys. 183, 463-476 (1997). 23. M. SEMENOV-TJAN-SHANSKII, "A Certain Property of the Kirillov Integral", In Differential Geometry, Lie Groups, and Mechanics, Math. Ind. Steklov (LOMI) 37, 53-65 (1973). 24. M. STONE, "Supersymmetry and the Quantum Mechanics of Spin", Nucl. Phys. B 314, 557-586 (1989). 25. R. SZABO, "Equivariant Cohomology and Localization of Path Integrals", Lecture Notes in Phys., (Springer, m.63 2000). 26. E. W I T T E N , "Topological Quantum Field Theory", Commun. Math. Phys. 117, 353-386 (1988). 27. E. W I T T E N , "Introduction to Cohomological Field Theory", Inter. J. Mod. Phys. A 6,2775-2792 (1991). 28. E. W I T T E N , "TWO Dimensional Gauge Theories Revisted", J. Geom. Phys. 9, 303-368 (1992). 29. N. WOODHOUSE, "Geometric Quantization", (Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1980).
56
T H E E X T R E M A L LIMIT OF D - D I M E N S I O N A L BLACK HOLES M. CALDARELLI, L. VANZO, AND S. ZERBINI Dipartimento di Fisica, via Sommarive, Povo, Trento , Italy E-mail: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] The extreme limit of a class of D-dimensional black holes is revisited. In the static case, It is shown that a well defined extremal limiting procedure exists and it leads to new solutions of the type AdS2 x S 0 - 2 . £ D - 2 being a (D-2)-dimensional constant curvature symmetric space.
In this contribution, we would like to revisit the extremal limit of a large class of black hole solutions. The interest in the study of extreme and nearlyextreme black holes has recently been increased, mainly due to the link with one of the puzzle which is still unsolved in the black hole physics: the issue related to the statistical interpretation of the Bekenstein-Hawking entropy. To begin with, first we review some particular solution of Eistein Eqs. In classical paper, Bertotti and Robinson x obtained solutions of the Einstein Eqs. which geometrically are the direct product of two 2-dimensional manifolds. If the cosmological constant is vanishing, these manifolds have necessarly constant curvature and opposite sign. Locally they are homeophorfic to AdSz x 52- The original Bertotti-Robinson solution is also globally coincident with AdS2 x £2. Since these geometries are strictly related to the near-horizon geometry of a generic extremal black hole, one may wonder if in the extremal limit, the geometry is still non trivial in the sence that a non vanishing Hawking temperature is present. This indeed is the case of De Sitter-Schwarzschild black, for which an appropiate limiting procedure 2 leads to the Nariai solution (see 2 ). Let us consider the Einstein Eq. with zero cosmological constant G; = STTGT; .
(i)
In presence of a covariant constant electric field, one may write diagT = (-E2,-E2,E2,E2) and we may try to solve the Einstein Eq. with the Bertotti-Robinson static ansatz ds 2 = -V(r)dt2
+ T77^dr2
V(r)
+ r2d02 ,
(2)
57
where r% is a constant and dfi2. iS metric tensor of 52- A standard elementary calculation gives r' 0 — —
"0
nl —
^
—
_2 ' " 1
(3)
„2 '
Gi = Gi = | V ' ( r ) .
(4)
Since T£ = 0, one gets G£ = 0. As a result - \ + V"(r)=0.
(5)
The general solution of this elementary differential eq. may be presented in the form V(r) =
r2+C
+ C
^
\
(6)
where c\ and c2 are two constant. The Einstein Eqs. (3) and (4) are satisfied when rl = ^ -
(7)
In summary, we have found the 2-parameter family of solutions
ds2 =
-
r 2 + C i (
;
+ C 2
) ^ + TEuktEdr2+**%
'0
•
(8)
T5
The original Bertotti-Robinson solution corresponds to ci = 0 and c^ = r% namely ds2 = - ( ^ + l)di 2 + 7 7 ^ — r ^ 2 + r2dn2,
(9)
o
which is regular and globally homeomorphic to AdS2 x £2This is a consequence of the following statement, which involves the corresponding Euclidean sections. If we start from the 2-dimensional hyperbolic space, with metric in the Poincare' form (R being the radius) ds2 = %{dx2
+ dy2),
(10)
58
then the mapping (a, b suitable constant parameters) + b- 4aR2e~i2aT
^/r+l> -Vr
,
II + IT =
,
(11)
V r T b + Vr + b - 4ai? 2 e- i 2 a 'reduces the Poincare' metric to
^(r
+W +t - J ^
*
+
^
(12)
it 2 ( r + 6)(r+ o-4ai?2) For example, choosing R = r 0 , b = iro, 4aR2 = 2ir0, one gets the BR solution, with unrestricted Euclidean time r. The situation changes for the particular solution which corresponds to the choice c\ = —r* < 0 and C2 = 0 in Eq. (8), i.e.
r
o
—zi—
This is a black hole solution with Hawking temperature
r* This solution is only locally homeomorphic to AdS2 x S^- In fact, if we choose b = 0, R = ro and 4arg = r*, the Euclidean section of the metric (13) reduces to the Poincare' one, but now the mapping (11) reads \fr — \Jr — r*e•i2ar
y + ix=—=
.
y/r +
7Z .
y/r-r*e-'2aT
(15)
Here one can see that r is defined modulo the period /? = £ = -^SL, which coincides with the Hawking temperature computed requiring the absence of the conical singularity. This may be interpreted saying that solution (13) describes a manifold which is only a portion of H2. A similar case is described by the choice c\ = 0 and C2 = -b2 < 0, namely 2 ds
= Hrl^L)dt2
+ -l^dr2
+ r2dQ2 .
(16)
Here, the Hawking temperature computed with the standard technique is
PH
= ^
•
(17)
59
However, if we choose R = ro and 2ar\ = b, the Euclidean section of the metric (16) reduces to the Poincare' one, and the mapping (11) reads
VF^be-i2^
y^Tb y + ix =
.
.
—,
VM^ + V^^'2"'
(18)
with 2a = \ . Again, r is denned modulo a period which coincides with (17). It should be noted that these black hole solutions are similar to the Rindler space-times and the Hawking temperature is the Unrhu one associated with the quantum fluctuations. Now, let us consider a black hole solution corresponding to a Ddimensional charged or neutral black hole depending on parameters as the mass m, charges Qi and the cosmological constant A. In the Schwarzschild static coordinates (with G = l2P = 1 and D = d + 2), it reads ds2 = -V{r)dt2
+ v^rrdr2
+ r2dT,2d .
(19)
Here, dT,2d is the line element related to a constant curvature "horizon" ddimensional manifold. The inner and outer horizons are positive simple roots of the shift function, i.e. V(rH)=0,
V'(rH)?0.
(20)
The associated Hawking temperature is 4LTT
&
= ^
>
(21)
-
In general, when the extremal solution exists, namely V(rex)=0,
V'(rex)=0,
V"(rex)?0,
(22)
there exists a relationship between the parameters, F(m,gi)=0.
(23)
When this condition is satisfied, it may happen that the original coordinates become inappropiate (for example when V(r) has a local maximum in r = rex, i.e. V"(rex) < 0. The extreme limit has been investigated in several places 3 ' 4 - 5 ' 6 . In order to investigate the extremal limit, we introduce the non-extremal parameter e and perform the following coordinate change r =rex+er1,
h t = —, e
(24)
60
and parametrize the non-extremal limit by means of F(m,9i)
= ke2,
(25)
where the sign of constant k defines the physical range of the black hole parameters, namely the ones for which the horizon radius is non negative. In the near-extremal limit, we may make an expansion for e small. As a consequence V(r) = V(rex) + V'(rex)rie
+
l
-V"{rex)r\e2 + 0(e3).
(26)
It is clear that V(rex) = k1e2,
V'(rex) = k2e2,
(27)
where fcj are known constants. Thus, the metric in the extremal limit becomes 2
1
2
y
ds = -dt (h 2
fir2
2
+ 2 -V"{r Kexex)r ) ' l ' ^+ {k, +
\V"{rex)r\)
2
+ r exdZ .
(28)
As first example, let us consider the 4-dimensional charged RN black hole, where the horizon manifold is S2 and the shift function is given by
V(r) = l - S S + g.
(29)
Here, the near-extremal condition reads F(m,Q)
= % - l
= ke2.
(30)
When e = 0, one has r+ = r- = rex = m and Q2 = m2 and the physical range corresponds to k < 0, for example we may take k — —a2. In this case, the shift function has a local minimun at rex and
\v"(re*) = ± ,
(31)
but V(rex) = —a2e2 < 0. as a result, the metric in the extremal limit is r2
ds2 = -dt2(-a2
+ ^m2) +
rlr2
^2 - ^ r + m2dn2 ,
(~a +
(32) r
S
and this limiting metric describes the space-time locally AdS% x 52, we have previously discussed. This solution satisfies, in the extreme limit, a BPS-like condition, namely Q = m. (33)
61
We note that also the Bertotti-Robinson solution may be obtained in the limiting procedure, but assuming k > 0. Thus one has the local minimun for the shifth function, and this correponds to an extremal limit within the unphysical range of black hole parameters. As a second example, let us consider the Schwarzschild-DeSitter spacetime. Here the horizon manifold is still 5 2 and since V(r) = l - ^ - ^ , (34) r 6 the solution is not saymptotically flat. As well known, there exist an event horizon and a cosmological horizon and rn < r < re- The near extremal condition is F(m, A) = - - mVX = ke2 , A; > 0.
(35)
o
In this case, the shift function has a local maximum at the extremal radius TH = TC = Tex = ( A ) - 1 ' 2 and the original coordinates are totally inappropiate. Furthermore, V(rex) = 2ke2 > 0 and we have ds2 = -dtl(2k-Arj)
+
^ d _
+ jdil22 .
(36)
This solution is locally dS^ x 52 and is equivalent to the Nariai solution 2 , a cosmological solution with A > 0. As further example, let us consider the 4-dimensional topological black hole solution 7 ' 8 for which the horizon manifold H\ is a compact negative constant curvature Riemann surface and nr) = - l -
C 7
+
r2 .
F
Here, / is related to the negative cosmological constant, namely A = -p the constant C is given by C = m-l\
r = jj=l,
(37) and
(38)
m being the mass of the black hole 7 . The horizon radius is a positive solution of -lr2 - (m - l*)l2 + r3 = 0.
(39)
62
The extremal solution exists for m = 0, since we have _lr2+n2+r3 = (r--i=)2(r+^)
(40)
and is given by
(41)
r =
- vi'
As a consequence, in order to investigate the extremal limit, we may put m = C + 1* =krexe2
, k>0.
(42)
Thus, V(rex) = -ke2,
h = -k<0
(43)
and
V"(rex) = 4 - > 0 .
(44)
"ex
The limiting metric turns out to be 2 ds = _dtl[_k +^±]+
*!
+ rlxdT2
j
(45)
namelj' we have AdS2 x E2, S2 being a Riemann surface. Finally, we also reports the result obtained starting from the KerrNewmann black hole solution in the standard Boyer-Linquist coordinates. Defining the nearly-extreme condition by means m 2 - a2 - Q2 = km2e2 , k > 0,
(46)
m, a and Q being respectively the mass, the angular parameter and the charge of the black hole and making use of r = rex + er x ,
(j> = fa + —jr , e(m2 + az) the limiting metric turns out to be ds2 = (m2 + a2 cos2 9)
r\ ~ km2 ^2 (m2 + a2)2 l
{m2 + a2)2sin26 (JX (m 2 + a2 cos2 ^) V
(m
+
t= —, e
(47)
dr\ r\ — km2
2ma +a )
^ \ /
2
A similar solution (corresponding to c = 0) has been recently obtained in 9 , where one can find a detailed discussion of the related geometry.
63
In conclusion, we have shown that a large class of black hole solutions admits a well denned extremal limit procedure. In the static case, this procedure gives rise to new solutions of the kind AdS^ x £ D - 2 , S.D-2 being a (D-2)-dimensional constant curvature symmetric space. References 1. B. Bertotti, Phys. Rev. 116, 1331 (1959); I. Robinson, Bull. Akad. Pol. 7 , 351 (1959). 2. R. Bousso and S. W. Hawking, Phys. Rev. D 57, 2436 (1998). 3. O.B. Zaslavsky, Phys. Rev. Lett. 76, 2211 (1996); O.B. Zaslavsky, Phys. Rev. D56, 2188 (1997).. 4. R. B. Mann and S. N. Solodukhin, Nucl. Phys B 523 (1998) 293. 5. J. Maldacena,J. Michelson and A. Strominger, JHEP 9902:11 (1999); M. Spradlin and A. Strominger, JHEP 9911:021 (1999); 6. D.J. Navarro, J. Navarro-Salas and P. Navarro, Nucl. Phys. B 580, 311 (2000). 7. L.Vanzo, Phys. Rev. D 56, 6475 (1997). 8. D.R. Brill,J. Louko and . Peldan, Phys. Rev. D 56, 3600 (1997); R. Mann, Class. Quantum Grav. 14, 2927 (1997). 9. J. Bardeen and G. T. Horowitz, Phys. Rev. D 36, 104030 (1999).
64
ON T H E D I M E N S I O N A L R E D U C E D THEORIES G. COGNOLA AND S. ZERBINI Dipartimento di Fisica, via Sommarive, Povo, Trento , Italy E-mail: [email protected], [email protected] The procedure of the dimensional reduction related to the partition function of a quantum scalar field living in curved space-time which is the warp product of symmetric space is investigated.
In this contribution, we would like to revisited the issue related to dimensional reduction, and this is used when one is dealing with quantum fields living on space-times having some symmetries, namely the D-dimensional space-time is the "warp" product Mp x £ Q , where £ Q is a Q-dimensional symmetric space with constant curvature. Such investigation is mainly motivated by recent approaches to black holes physics, initiated in l and continued in 2 ' 3 and the calculation of the effective action after and before the dimensional reduction 4 . The idea is very simple: since a generic black hole has a large symmetry in the horizon sector, one may consider the two dimensional related reduced theory for which the effective action may be obtained functionally integrating the corresponding conformal anomaly. This procedure gives rise the problem of the validity of the approximation and this will be discussed here. A related issue is the so called dimensional-reduction anomaly 5 ' 6 . Let us consider a scalar field $ propagating in the above mentioned space. LD = -AD
+ m2 +£RD,
(1)
in which m 2 is a possible mass term and £RD a suitable "potential term", describing the non-minimal coupling with the gravitational field. The "exact" theory, namely the non-dimensional reduced one, may be described by the path integral (Euclidean partion function) Z=
f DSe-f^0*10*
=e~T .
(2)
The effective action T has to be regularised and may be expressed by means of a zeta-regularised functional determinant 7 ' 8 ' 9 (for recent reviews, see 1 0 - u ) r = - l n Z = - i [ C ' ( 0 | L i , ) + ln/ i 2 C(0|L I ,)] ,
(3)
65
(i2 being the renormalization parameter. Here, the zeta-function is defined by means dt ts~lKt,
C(s\LD) = ^ r r /
Kt = T r e - t i D ,
(4)
r(s) Jo valid for Re s > D/2. Here Tr e~tL° = J2i e~ tAi , A, being the eigenvalues of L. One may use other regularisation procedures. As an example, the dimensional regularisation is defined by 1 r°° 1 r e = - - y dt If-1 Tr e~tL° = - ~T(e)C(e\LD) = -
^
(
^
^
+ C'(0|LD) + 7 C ( 0 | L C ) + O ( £ ) ) .
(5)
Other regularizations may be used with te substituted by a suitable regularisation function ge(t) (see, for example 1 2 ). Recall that the zeta-function regularisation is a finite regularisation and corresponds to the choice
The other ones, as is clear from Eq. (5), give the same finite part, modulo a re normalization, and contain divergent terms as the cutoff parameter e —> 0 and these divergent terms have to be removed by related counter-terms. As a consequence, as will be shown, a crucial role is played by the quantity Tr e~tLD. With regard to this quantity, its short-t asymptotics has been extensively studied. For a second-order operator on a boundary-less D-dimensional (smooth) manifold, it reads oo
Kt-Y.MLn)*-0'2,
(7)
j=0
in which AJ(LD) are the Seeley-DeWitt coefficients, which can be computed with different techniques 13 ' 14 . The divergent terms appearing in a generic regularisation depend on AJ(LD). In the sequel, we also shall deal with local quantities, which can be defined by the local zeta-function. With this regard, it is relevant the local short t heat-kernel asymptotics, which reads Kt(LD)(x)
= e-tL°(x)
1 °° ~ ^-—Y^ajix^D)
tj~D/2 ,
(8)
66
where a,j{x\LD) are the local Seeley-DeWitt coefficients. The first ones are well known and read a0(x\LD)
= l,
ai{x\LD)
a2(x\LD)
= -(al(x\LD)2
-m2 + — J ,
= I -£R+
+ -ADa1(x\LD)+c2(x),
(9)
where °2(:E)
=
^ 6 ^
A D R
+
RiJkrRi kr
^
~
RiJRi
i)
•
(10)
It may be convenient to re-sum partially this asymptotic expansion and one has 15 e tLD
"
tai(x\LD)
°°
.
W ~-7£wrT,bMLD)
D
f*
.
(ii)
The advantage of the latter expansion with respect to the previous one, is due to the fact that now the expansion bj coefficients depend on the potential only through its derivatives. One has bo(x\LD) = l, b2(x\LD)
bi(x\LD)=0,
= -];ADV
+ ±;ADR
+ c2(x).
(12)
Since the exact expression of the local zeta-function is known only in a limited number of cases, one has to make use of some approximation. If the first coefficient ai(x\Lo) is very large and negative and this is true if the mass is very large, one may obtain an asymptotics expansion of the local zeta-function by means of the short t expansion (8) and the Mellin transform, namely 12 C(s\LD)(x)
^-L—LL(-ai(x\LD))T-' (47T)~2T(s)
°° + E j=2
Y(S
+ ?- _ n.) D D 2 (-ai(x\LD))7-">
bjWLD).
(13)
(4?r) 2 r ( s )
The latter expansion directly gives also the analytic continuation in the whole complex plane. The global zeta-function can be obtained integrating over the manifold. Now, let us introduce the dimensional-reduced theory according to 1 , s . We indicate by M.D a D-dimensional Riemannian manifold with metric g^
67
and coordinates xM (/i, v = 1,..., £>) and by Mp and .M*5 (Q = D — P) two sub-manifolds with coordinates xl (i,j = 1,..., P) and x a (a, 6 = P + 1,..., D) and metrics <7JJ and gab respectively, related to #M„ by the warped product ds2 = g^dx^dx"
= gij{x)dxidxj
+ e-2
.
(14)
Q
Here, M = Eg is a constant curvature symmetric space. We shall use the notation Rp7S, R\mn and R^cd for Riemann tensors in MD, Mp and MQ respectively, and similarly for all other quantities. In the Appendix A, one can find the relationship between the geometrical quantities related to the sub-manifolds. We start with a scalar field $(x) in the Riemannian manifold MD. The Laplacian-like operator reads LD${x)
= L$(x) = ( - A + £R + m2)$(x)
= (L + e2aL)${x)
,
(15)
+ m2 ,
(16)
where L = - A + Qak Vfc + £ [R + 2QA a - Q(Q + l)akak] L = -A .
(17)
In order to dimensionally reduce the theory, let us introduce the harmonic analysis on £ Q by means of LYa{x) = \aYa{x)
,
(18)
\ a , Ya being the eigenvalues and eigenfunctions of L on the symmetric space E Q = M®. For any scalar field in MD, we can write *(x) = Y,4>*(x)Ya(£)
(19)
a
and for the partition function, after integration over Ya in the classical action, Z* = ( d[4>]e- S *l* ^
dP dQi
*
J
= J ] Za ,
(20)
a
where Za = f d[^a}e-^aLa^dPx
.
(21)
Here 4> = \fg a n d a = y/g~4>a are scalar densities of weight —1/2 and the dimensional reduced operators read La = - A + V + e2°\a , V = m2 + £ [R + 2QA a - Q(Q + l)akak]
- ^ A a + %-okuk
. (22)
68
In the following, we will denote by an asterix all the quantities associated with the dimensional reduced operators. As a result, we formally have /
det
T
\-i/2
**=n ^
•
(23)
If we ignore the multiplicative anomaly associated with functional determinants, namely the fact that IndetAB ^ lndetA + lndet£? for regularized functional determinants 16 , we have r
= -lnZ* = i ^ l n d e t % .
(24)
This formal expression may be regularised and renormalized and we have r
,2£
dtrlg£(t)Tve-
*=- V E / Z
(25)
r» JO
Removing the cutoff and, for example making use of a finite regularisation, one arrives at r
* = 5E^°l^)-
(26)
Within this procedure, a quite natural definition of the dimensional-reduction anomaly is 5
ADRA
=r - r.
(27)
However, there exists another possible procedure: if we do not remove the ultraviolet cutoff e, we may interchange the harmonic sum and the integral and arrive at roo
2e
dtrl9s(t)K;,
r; = - ^ - y
(28)
where we have introduced the dimensionally reduced heat-kernel trace K? = ^Tre-tL°
.
(29)
a
It is clear that within this second procedure, the existence of a non vanishing dimensional reduction anomaly is strictly related to the fact whether the identity K; = Kt
(30)
69 holds. In the following the validity of the identity (30) will be discussed. First, if the whole space-time (its Euclidean version) is a symmetric space, it is quite easy to show that Eq. (30) is true. The reason is that in this case, one has at disposal besides the dimensional reduced one, the total harmonic sum (see, for example 1 7 ' n ) . In general, we shall restrict ourselves to the class of non-trivial warped space-time already considered and make use of the short t heat-kernel expansion. For the exact theory we have (here LD — L) 1 Kt(L) = T r e " ^ ~ ^ - ^
°° £ an(z|L)f ,
(31)
n=0
with Bi = O i + e
a2=a2
2„~
Q
a i - -
A
(32)
6
+ e4(Ta2 + e ^ a ^ i - -z-<Jk^kR - —...
yU 45 where all quantities with tilde refers to the whole manifold MD tities with hat refers to the sub-manifold M.®. W i t h regard to the dimensional reduced kernel
(33) and all quan-
A7(L) = ]TTr e -«*»,
(34)
a
where
La = - A + V + e2a\a , V = m2 + £ [R + 2QA a - Q(Q + l)akak]
- | A a + ^akak
, (35)
the short t expansion can be computed by means of a straightforward (but tedious) computation 18 , and the result is .
oo
^(Z)~(4^j^Ean(^)t%
(36)
vhere
As a consequence, one has
al(x\L)=ai,
(37)
a*2{x\L) = a2 .
(38)
70
Kt{L) ~
/2
AT;(L) ~
/2
[l + 6 2 (x|£)i 2 + b3(x\L)t3 + ...] ,
[l + 6 2 (£|i)* 2 + K(x\L)t3
+...]
(39)
.
(40)
Thus, it is quite natural to make the conjecture that 6* (x\L) = bn(x\L) for every n and Eq. (30) holds exactly. Let us discuss about the consequences of this fact. After the dimensional reduction, as far as the effective action is concerned, the operation of renormalization (addition of couterterms and remotion of the cutoff) and the evaluation of the harmonic sum do not commute. If we keep fixed and non vanishing the regularisation parameter, we may perform the harmonic sum, and if (30) holds, we may reconstruct the exact partition function, after renormalization. In such case, it is evident that no dimensional reduction anomaly occurs. On the other hand, one may remove the cutoff, adding the necessary couterterms or using a finite regularisation like the zeta-function one and perform the harmonic sum at the end. In this case, as stressed in reference 5 , one has to correct the result by adding dimensional reduction anomaly terms. The reason of this possible discrepancy has been explained in 5 as mainly due to the necessity of the regularisation and renormalization of the effective action in spaces with different dimensions. There, it has also been observed a possible connection with the multiplicative anomaly. Regarding this issue, there exists also a mathematical reason for the necessity of these reduction anomaly terms. In fact, the harmonic sum of the renormalized dimensionally reduced effective action diverges and the dimensional anomaly reduction terms are also necessary to recover the exact and finite result. This fact stems also from the necessity of the presence of the multiplicative anomaly, since it also diverges, being associated with a product of an infinite number of dimensional reduced operators. It may be convenient to illustrate the dimensional reduction procedure in the simplest example one can deal with, namely a free massive scalar field in the Euclidean version of the D-dimensional Minkoswki space-time. We may decompose RD = R x RD~l, thus M = RD~l, and a = 0, and L^ = —d2. + m 2 -I- {k)2. It is easy to show that (30) holds, since Tre~ t L % = V{RD-l)e~tm*
6
-tP 2
.
(41)
71
For D odd, the exact regularized partition function is
V{BP)T(-D/2) 1
"
2(4TT)^
D m
•
[
^>
On the other hand, the partial reduced effective actions are
r,--!^V + P ) " .
,43,
Thus, T* = J^g T^ is badly divergent. However, it is possible to show that the finite part of this divergent integral reproduces I\ In this particular case, the dimensional reduction anomaly must cancel the divergent part. As a consequence, any approximation 2 based on the truncation in the harmonic sum of the dimensional reduced theory, may lead, with regard to the comparison with the exact theory, to incorrect conclusions (see also the discussions and further references reported in 3 ) . References 1. V. Mukhanov, A. Wipf and A. Zelnikov. Phys. Lett. B 332, 283(1994). 2. R. Bousso and S. Hawking. Phys. Rev. D 56, 7788 (1997); T. Chiba and M. Siino. Mod. Phys. Lett. A 12, 709 (1997); W. Kummer, H. Lieb and D.V. Vassilevich. Mod. Phys. Lett. A 12, 2683 (1997); 3. S. Nojiri and S. D. Odintsov. Mod. Phys. Lett. A 12, 2083 (1997); S. Nojiri and S. D. Odintsov. Phys. Rev. D 57, 2363 (1998); S. Nojiri and S. D. Odintsov. Phys. Rev. D 57, 4847 (1998); S.J. Gates, S. Nojiri, T. Kadoyosi and S. D. Odintsov. Phys. Rev. D 58, 084026 (1998); W. Kummer, H. Lieb and D.V. Vassilevich. Phys. Rev. D 58, 108501 (1998); S. Nojiri, O. Obregon, S. D. Odintsov and K.E. Osetrin . Phys. Rev. D 60, 024008 (1999); R. Balbinot and A. Fabbri Phys. Rev. D 59, 044031 (1999); R. Balbinot and A. Fabbri Phys. Lett. B 459, 112 (1999); R. Balbinot, A. Fabbri and I. Shapiro. Phys. Rev. Lett. 83, 1494 (1999); R. Balbinot, A. Fabbri and I. Shapiro. Nucl. Phys. B 559, 301 (1999); W. Kummer, H. Lieb and D.V. Vassilevich. Phys. Rev. D 60, 084021 (1999); F. C. Lombardo, F. D. Mazzitelli and J. G. Russo. Phys. Rev. D 59, 064007 (1999); 4. E. Elizalde, S. Naftulin and S. D. Odintsov. Phys. Rev. D 49, 2852 (1994); S. Nojiri and S. D. Odintsov. Phys. Lett. B 463, 57 (1999). 5. V. Frolov, P. Sutton and A. Zelnikov. Phys. Rev. D 6 1 , 02421, (2000). 6. P. Sutton. Phys. Rev. D 62, 044033, (2000). 7. D.B. Ray and I.M. Singer. Ann. Math. 98, 154 (1973).
72
8. S. W. Hawking. Commun. Math. Phys. 55, 133 (1977). 9. J.S. Dowker and R. Critchley. Phys. Rev. D 13, 3224 (1976). 10. E. Elizalde, S. D. Odintsov, A. Romeo, A.A. Bytsenko and S. Zerbini. Zeta Regularization Techniques with Applications. World Scientific, Singapore (1994). 11. A.A. Bytsenko, G. Cognola, L. Vanzo and S. Zerbini. Phys. Rep. 266, 1 (1996). 12. G. Cognola, K. Kirsten and S. Zerbini. Phys. Rev. D 48, 790 (1993). 13. B.S. DeWitt. The Dynamical Theory of Groups and Fields. Gordon and Breach, New York (1965). 14. R.T. Seeley. Am. Math. Soc. Prog. Pure Math. 10, 172 (1967). 15. L. Parker and D.J. Toms. Phys. Rev. D 3 1 , 953 (1985). 16. E. Elizalde, L. Vanzo and S. Zerbini. Commun. Math. Phys. 194, 613 (1998). 17. R. Camporesi Phys. Rep. 196, 1 (1990). 18. G. Cognola and S. Zerbini. On the dimensional reduction procedure, hepth/0008061(2000).
73
FRACTAL STATISTICS, FRACTAL I N D E X A N D FRACTONS* W. DA CRUZ Departamento
de Fisica, Universidade Estadual de Londrina, Cep 86051-970 Londrina, PR, Brazil E-mail: [email protected]
Caixa Postal
6001,
The concept of fractal index is introduced in connection with the idea of universal class h of particles or quasiparticles termed fractons which obey fractal statistics. We show the relation between fractons and conformal field theory(CFT)quasiparticles taking into account the central charge c[u\ and the particle-hole duality v <—• - , for integer-value v of the statistical parameter. The Hausdorff dimension h which labeled the universal classes of particles and the conformal anomaly are therefore related. We also establish a contact between Rogers dilogarithm function, Farey series of rational numbers and the Hausdorff dimension.
We consider the conformal field theory(CFT)-quasiparticles ( edge excitations ) in connection with the concept of fractons introduced in 1 . These excitations have been considered at the edge of the quantum Hall systems which in the fractional regime assume the form of a chiral Luttinger liquid 2 . Beyond this, conformal field theories have been exploited in a variety of contexts, including statistical mechanics at the critical point, interacting quantum field theories, string theory and at various branches of mathematics 3 . In this Letter, we suppose that the fractal statistics obeyed by fractons are shared by CFT-quasiparticles. Thus, the central charge, a model dependent constant is related to the universal class h of the fractons. We define the fractal index associated to these classes as 6
L(1=00> rrl(T=oo) df
{
fW = Z2 n
where
-rMe[;y(0]} Joo(T=0)
(i)
S
is the single-particle partition function of the universal class h and £ = exp{(e - n)/KT}, has the usual definition. The function y[£] satisfies the equation
£ = {y[$ - if" 1 {y[t\ - 2}2~h. *The complete version of this article will be published in Mod. Phys. Lett. A (2000).
(3)
74
We note that the general solution of the algebraic equation derived from this last one is of the form
M
= m+h
or y-H^ = 9® + h, where h = 3 — h, is a duality symmetry0, between the classes. The functions /[£] and g[£\ at least for third, fourth degrees algebraic equation differ by signals ± in some terms of their expressions. The particles within each class h satisfy a specific fractal statistics 6 1
-5KF*
<4)
and the fractal parameter (or Hausdorff dimension) hc defined in the interval 1 < h < 2 is related to the spin-statistics relation v = 2s through the fractal spectrum h-l h-l
= l-u, = u -I ,
0 < v < 1, 1 < i/ < 2 ,
(5\
For h = 1 we have fermions, with y[£] = £ + 2, 0[1] = Jp^ and if[l] = £ J^ f In { ^ }
= \. For h = 2 we have bosons, with y[£\ = £ + 1, G[2] =
^ - and i/[2] = 4^ J ^ ^ In I ^
i = 1. On the other hand, for the universal
class h = §, we have fractons with y[Q = § + i / j + £ 2 , 0 [§] =
^ ^ ~ |
1
andi / [|] = 4 r / f l n ( ^ ^ ^ l = |. / L2J
^Joo£
I ^1+452 + 1 J
5
The distribution function for each class h above are given by "This means that fermions(/i = 1) and bosons(/i = 2) are dual objects. As a result we have a fractal supersymmetry, since for the particle with spin s into the class h, its dual s + | is within the class h. b In fact, we have here fractal functions4. c This parameter describes the properties of the path (fractal curve) of the quantummechanical particle.
75
n[l] = n[2] = "31 _ 2
1
(6)
I
(7) l
>/i
(8)
+ £2
i.e. we have the Fermi-Dirac distribution, the Bose-Einstein distribution and the fracton distribution of the universal class h = | , respectively . Thus, our formulation generalizes in a natural way the fermionic and bosonic distributions for particles assuming rational or irrational values for the spin quantum number s. In this way, our approach can be understood as a quantumgeometrical description of the statistical laws of Nature. This means that the (Eq.4) captures the observation about the fractal characteristic of the quantum-mechanical path, which reflects the Heisenberg uncertainty principle. The fractal index as defined has a connection with the central charge or conformal anomaly c[v], a dimensionless number which characterizes conformal field theories in two dimensions. This way, we verify that the conformal anomaly is associated to universality classes, i.e. universal classes h of particles. Now, we consider the particle-hole duality v <—> £ for integer-value v of the statistical parameter in connection with the universal class h. For bosons and fermions, we have {0,2,4,6, •••} f c = a and {l,3,5,7,.--}ft=1 such that, the central charge for v even is defined by c[v]
=ij[h,v\-if
v
(9)
and for v odd is defined by c[v] = 2 x if[h,v] — if
(10)
where ij[h,v] means the fractal index of the universal class h which contains the particles with distinct spin values which obey a specific fractal statistics.
76
We assume that the fractal index if[h,oo] = 0 and we obtain, for example, the results c[0] = i/[2,0]-if[h,oo]
= l;
c[l] = 2 x t / [ l , l ] - t / [ l , l ] = i ; 3 1 = 1 2'2 5 5' 5 1 c[3] = 2 x i / [ l , 3 ] - i / = 1 - 0.656 = 0.344; 3'3 etc, c[2] =
if[2,2]-if
(11)
where the fractal index for h = § is obtained from 51 _
*/
6_ r1 <%
(12)
3J ~ ^ L T y
x In <
i&+f+I7^w+
3
V 2 7 + 2 + 1 8 •yi2{ +81€
9
9 V/A+?+AAA2P+8TF
+
= 0.656 and for its dual we have "4" */ 3
6
f'di
(13)
Woo £
'{/-&
+ £ + ^N/-12^
3
+81^
+
x ln<
»V-A+£+iW-12*!,+81t'
^/-£ + £ + ^ - 1 2 ^ + 81^ + 9V-A+*r+A>/- 1 2€ s + 8 1 «'
+
= 0.56. The correlation between the classes h of particles and their fractal index, show us a robust consistence in agreement with the unitary c\v] < 1 representations 3 . Therefore, since h is defined within the interval 1 < h < 2, the corresponding fractal index is into the interval 0.5 < if[h] < 1. Howewer, the central charge c[v] can assumes values lesser than 0.5. Thus, we distinguish two concepts of central charge, one is related to the universal classes h and the other is related to the particles which belong to these classes.
77
For the statistical parameter in the interval 0 < v < 1 (the first elements of each class h), c[v] — if[h,v], otherwise we obtain different values. In another way, the central charge c[u] can be obtained using the Rogers dilogarithm function6, i.e.
L[x"\
(14)
c\v\ = L [ l ] ' with x" = 1 — x, v — 0,1,2,3, etc. and
L[X]
fln(l
= -\I1 2/
y) , iny
+ 1-tfJ
dy, 0 < x < 1.
(15)
This way, we observe that our formulation to the universal class h of particles with any values of spin s establishes a contact between Hausdorff dimension h and the central charge c[v], in a manner insuspected to now. Besides this, we have obtained a connection between h and the Rogers dilogarithm function, through the fractal index defined in terms of the partition function associated to the universal class h of particles. Thus, considering the Eqs.(9, 10) and the Eq.(14), we have
= if[h,v\ -if L[l] v L[x ] = 2 x if[h,v] L[l]
1
, v = 0,2,4, etc.
(16)
, v = 1,3,5, etc.
(17)
Also in 1 we have established a contact between the fractal parameter h and the Farey series of rational numbers, therefore once the classes h satisfy all the properties of these series we have an infinity collection of them. In this sense, we clearly establish a connection between number theory and Rogers dilogarithm function. Given that the fractal parameter is an irreducible number h = ^ the classes satisfy the properties 7 P I . If hi = a and /12 = ^ are two consecutive fractions E L > E a , then \P2qi - 9 2 P l | = 1. if a. Ha a. a r e t h r e e consecutive fractions £i>£2>£3, t h e n a. = P2 9l '
92 '
93
91
92
93 '
92
P1+P3 91+93 '
P3. If 21 and ^ are consecutive fractions in the same sequence, then among all fractions between the two, pi~+?2 is the unique reduced fraction with the smallest denominator.
78
For example, consider the Farey series of order 6, denoted by the v sequence
6'6/
\5'5y
V4'4y
\3' 3
!-l)-(ii)-G-l)-a-i)'- <»> 5 3\
/6 4\
/7 5
4'4/ ~* U'57 ^ U'6 Using the fractal spectrum ( Eq.5 ), we can obtain other sequences which satisfy the Farey properties and for the classes _ ] J : 9 7 5 8 3 7 4 5 6 7 T'5'4'3'5'2'5'3'4'5'6'"' ' ( note that these ones are dual classes, h = 3 — h ) we can calculate the fractal index taking into account the Rogers dilogarithm function or the partition function associated to each h. In summary, we have obtained a connection between fractons and CFTquasiparticles. This was implemented with the notion of the fractal index associated to the universal class h of the fractons. This way, fractons and CFT-quasiparticles satisfy a specific fractal statistics. A contact between Rogers dilogarithm function, Farey series of rational numbers and Hausdorff dimension h, also was established. The idea of fractons as quasiparticles has been explored in the contexts of the fractional quantum Hall effect1, highTc superconductivity 8 and Luttinger liquids 9 . A connection between fractal statistics and black hole entropy also was exploited in 10 . Finally, a fractaldeformed Heisenberg algebra for each class of fractons was introduced in 11 . References 1. W. da Cruz, hep-th/9905229 ( To appear in Int. J. Mod. Phys. A, (2000)); W. da Cruz, Mod. Phys. Lett. A 14, 1933 (1999). 2. X. G. Wen, Phys. Rev. 5 4 1 , 12838 (1990), Int. J. Mod. Phys. B 6, 1711 (1991), Adv. Phys. 44, 405 (1995); K. Schoutens, Phys. Rev. Lett. 79, 2608 (1997); A. M. M Pruisken, B. Skoric and B. M. Baranov, Phys. Rev. 560, 16838 (1999);
79
3.
4. 5.
6.
7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
B. Skoric and A. M. M Pruisken, Nucl. Phys. F559[FS], 637 (1999); R. van Elburg and K. Schoutens, Phys. Rev. £58, 15704 (1998); P. Bouwknegt, L. H. Chim and D. Ridout, hep-th/9903176; S. Dasmahapatra, R. Kedem, T. Klassen, B. McCoy and E. Melzer, Int. J. Mod. Phys. B 7, 3617 (1993); A. Berkovich and B. McCoy, hep-th/9808013; A. Berkovich, B. McCoy and A. Schilling, Commmun. Math. Phys. 191, 325 (1998); and references therein. P. Di Francesco, P. Mathieu and D. Senechal, Conformal Field Theory (Springer-Verlag, New York, 1997); Conformal Invariance and Applications to Statistical Mechanics, ed. by C. Itzykson, H. Saleur and J-B. Zuber (World Scientific, Singapore, 1988); C. J. Efthimiou and D. A. Spector, hep-th/0003190. The literature on CFT is vast, these sources can help us to looking for papers of some specific interest. A. Rocco and B. J. West, Physica ,4265, 535 (1999). H. W. J. Blote, J. L. Cardy and M. P. Nightingale, Phys. Rev. Lett. 56, 742 (1986); I. Affleck, Phys. Rev. Lett. 56, 746 (1986). W. Nahm, A. Recknagel and M. Terhoeven, Mod. Phys. Lett. A 8, 1835 (1993); M. Terhoeven, Mod. Phys. Lett. A 9 133 (1994); K. Hikami, Phys. Lett. A 205 364 (1995); A. N. Kirillov, Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl. 118, 61 (1995) and references therein. M. Schroeder, Number Theory in Science and Communication (Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1997). W. da Cruz and M. P. Carneiro, cond-mat/9912459. W. da Cruz and R. de Oliveira, hep-th/0002181; W. da Cruz, cond-mat/0006503. W. da Cruz, hep-th/0007123. W. da Cruz, hep-th/0008171.
80 Q U A N T U M FIELD THEORY F R O M FIRST PRINCIPLES
G. E S P O S I T O Istituto
Nazionale di Monte
di Fisica Nucleare, Sezione di Napoli, Complesso S. Angelo, Via Cintia, Edificio N', 80126 Napoli, E-mail:giampiero. [email protected]
Universitario Italy
When quantum fields are studied on manifolds with boundary, the corresponding one-loop quantum theory for bosonic gauge fields with linear covariant gauges needs the assignment of suitable boundary conditions for elliptic differential operators of Laplace type. There are however deep reasons to modify such a scheme and allow for pseudo-differential boundary-value problems. When the boundary operator is allowed to be pseudo-differential while remaining a projector, the conditions on its kernel leading to strong ellipticity of the boundary-value problem are studied in detail. This makes it possible to develop a theory of one-loop quantum gravity from first principles only, i.e. the physical principle of invariance under infinitesimal diffeomorphisms and the mathematical requirement of a strongly elliptic theory. It therefore seems that a non-local formulation of quantum field theory has some attractive features which deserve further investigation.
The space-time approach to quantum mechanics and quantum field theory has led to several deep developments in the understanding of quantum theory and space-time structure at very high energies. 1 ' 2 In particular, we are here concerned with the choice of boundary conditions. On using path integrals, which lead, in principle, to the appropriate formulation of the ideas of Feynman, DeWitt and many other authors, 2 - 5 the assignment of boundary conditions consists of two main steps: (i) Choice of Riemannian geometries and field configurations to be included in the path-integral representation of transition amplitudes. (ii) Choice of boundary data to be imposed on the hypersurfaces Ei and S2 bounding the given space-time region. The main object of our investigation is the second problem of such a list, when a one-loop approximation is studied for a bosonic gauge theory in linear covariant gauges. The well posed mathematical formulation relies on the "Euclidean approach", i.e., in geometric language, on the use of differentiable manifolds endowed with positive-definite metrics g, so that Lorentzian spacetime is actually replaced by an m-dimensional Riemannian manifold {M,g). In particular, in Euclidean quantum gravity, mixed boundary conditions on metric perturbations hcd occur naturally if one requires their complete
81 invariance under infinitesimal diffeomorphisms, as is proved in detail in Ref. 6. On denoting by Na the inward-pointing unit normal to the boundary, by q% = 6% - NaNb
(1)
the projector of tensor fields onto dM, with associated projection operator TlJd = qe{aq%,
(2)
the gauge-invariant boundary conditions for one-loop quantum gravity read 6
(3)
Ln-^L = °' [*.W]BM
= 0,
(4)
where <S>a is the gauge-averaging functional necessary to obtain an invertible operator Pabcd on metric perturbations. When Pabcd is chosen to be of Laplace type, $ a reduces to the familiar de Donder term $ o (/0 = V 6 (fto6 - \gabgcdhcd)
= EabcdVbhcd,
(5)
where Eabcd is the DeWitt supermetric on the vector bundle of symmetric rank-two tensor fields over M (g being the metric on M): Eabcd
= 1 ^gacgbd
+ gadgbc
_ gabgcd^
(6)
The boundary conditions (3) and (4) can then be cast in the Grubb-GilkeySmith form:7'8
n
o w M'\dM
A I-UJ
\[
= 0.
(7)
However, the work in Ref. 6 has shown that an operator of Laplace type on metric perturbations is then incompatible with the requirement of strong ellipticity of the boundary-value problem, because the operator A contains tangential derivatives of metric perturbations. To take care of this serious drawback, the work in Ref. 9 has proposed to consider in the boundary condition (4) a gauge-averaging functional given by the de Donder term (5) plus an integro-differential operator on metric perturbations, i.e. *a(h)=EabcdVbhcd+
[ JM
Cacd(x,x')hcd(x')dV'.
(8)
82
We now remark that the resulting boundary conditions can be cast in the form n
(
~
° \(
IvhM \
0
(g)
where A reflects the occurrence of the integral over M in Eq. (8). It is convenient to work first in a general way and then consider the form taken by these operators in the gravitational case. On requiring that the resulting boundary operator
" - ( A ? ! ,-°n)
<"»
should remain a projector: B2 = B, we find the condition (A + A)n - n(A + A) = 0,
(ii)
IIA = MI,
(12)
which reduces to
by virtue of the property IIA = All = 0 considered in Ref. 6. In Euclidean quantum gravity at one-loop level, Eq. (12) leads to na\r(x) f
(bcq(x,x')hqr(x')dV
= f
Cacd(x,x')Ujr(x')hqr(x')dV',
(13)
JM
JM
e re-expressed in the form
/
[n a 6
r
cq
c{x)Cb
{x,x') - Cacd(x,x')Ujr(x')]
hqr(x')dV
= 0.
(14)
IM JM
Since this should hold for all hqr(x'), it eventually leads to the vanishing of the term in square brackets in the integrand. The notation C,bcq{x,x') is indeed rather awkward, because there is an even number of arguments, i.e. x and x', with an odd number of indices. Hereafter, we therefore assume that a vector field T and kernel £ exist such that Cbeq(x,x') = T"(xXbpcq(x,x')
= T^b/q'.
(15)
The projector condition (12) is therefore satisfied if and only if10
v{x) [ntt6 :{x)lb;q{x,x') -l; d (x,x')uj r (x')]
= o.
(is)
We are now concerned with the issue of ellipticity of the boundary-value problem of one-loop quantum gravity. For this purpose, we begin by recalling
83
what is known about ellipticity of the Laplacian (hereafter P) on a Riemannian manifold with smooth boundary. This concept is studied in terms of the leading symbol of P . It is indeed well known that the Fourier transform makes it possible to associate to a differential operator of order k a polynomial of degree k, called the characteristic polynomial or symbol. The leading symbol, <j£, picks out the highest order part of this polynomial. For the Laplacian, it reads
a?)
With a standard notation, (x,£) are local coordinates for T*(M), the cotangent bundle of M. The leading symbol of P is trivially elliptic in the interior of M, since the right-hand side of (17) is positive-definite, and one has - A] = (|£|2 - A) dim V ? 0,
det[aL(P;x,0
(18)
for all A € C — R + . In the presence of a boundary, however, one needs a more careful definition of ellipticity. First, for a manifold M of dimension m, the m coordinates x are split into m — 1 local coordinates on dM, hereafter denoted by {xk}, and r, the geodesic distance to the boundary. Moreover, the m coordinates £M are split into m — 1 coordinates {£.,•} (with £ being a cotangent vector on the boundary), jointly with a real parameter ui € T*(R). At a deeper level, all this reflects the split T* (M) = T* (dM) 0 T* (R)
(19)
in a neighbourhood of the boundary. 6,11 The ellipticity we are interested in requires now that ox should be elliptic in the interior of M, as specified before, and that strong ellipticity should hold. This means that a unique solution exists of the differential equation obtained from the leading symbol:
aL (p; {£»} ,r = 0, {0} ,v -• -i£\
- A ip(r,x,C;X)=0,
(20)
subject to the boundary conditions ag{B)({xk},{C>j})^)=iP'{tp)
(21)
and to the asymptotic condition lim
(22)
84
In Eq. (21), ag is the graded leading symbol of the boundary operator in the local coordinates {xk} , {Cj}, and is given by
Roughly speaking, the above construction uses Fourier transform and the inward geodesic flow to obtain the ordinary differential equation (20) from the Laplacian, with corresponding Fourier transform (21) of the original boundary conditions. The asymptotic condition (22) picks out the solutions of Eq. (20) which satisfy Eq. (21) with arbitrary boundary data xp'(tp) 6 C°°(W',dM) for W a vector bundle over the boundary, and vanish at infinite geodesic distance to the boundary. When all the above conditions are satisfied VC S T*(9M),VA € C - R+,V(C,A) # (0,0) and Vip'(tp) € C°°(W',dM), the boundary-value problem (P,B) for the Laplacian is said to be strongly elliptic with respect to the cone C — R + . However, when the gauge-averaging functional (8) is used in the boundary condition (4), the work in Ref. 9 has proved that the operator on metric perturbations takes the form of an operator of Laplace type Pabcd plus an integral operator Gabcd. Explicitly, one finds9 (with Rabcd being the Riemann curvature of the background geometry (M, g)) Pabcd = Eabcd(-U
+ R)-
2EjfRcqvfgd*
- EjdR;
- EabcpRd,
Gabcd = Uabcd + Vabcd,
(24) (25)
where Uabcdhcd(x)
= -2ErsabVr
[ T"(x)Cp
cd
(x,x')hcd(x')dV,
(26)
JM
habVabcdhcd{x) haHx')T^xXPqab(x,x')Tr(x)Crcd(x,x'')hcd(x")dV'dV".
= [
(27)
2
JM
We now assume that the operator on metric perturbations, which is so far an integro-differential operator defined by a kernel, is also pseudo-differential. This means that it can be characterized by suitable regularity properties obeyed by the symbol. More precisely, let Sd be the set of all symbols p(x,£) such that (1) p is C°° in (x,£), with compact x support.
85 (2) For all (a, /?), there exist constants Ca,p for which
< C a , / J ( l + Vs a6 (*)£«&J
,
(28)
for some real (not necessarily positive) value of d. The associated pseudodifferential operator, defined on the Schwarz space and taking values in the set of smooth functions on M with compact support: P : S -> C™(M) acts according to Pf(x) = J e^-vKpfo OffrMv, 0,
(29)
where /x(j/,£) is here meant to be the invariant integration measure with respect to 2/i,...,y m and &,..., fm. Actually, one first gives the definition for pseudo-differential operators P : S —> C£°(R m ), eventually proving that a coordinate-free definition can be given and extended to smooth Riemannian manifolds.11 In the presence of pseudo-differential operators, both ellipticity in the interior of M and strong ellipticity of the boundary-value problem need a more involved formulation. In our paper, inspired by the flat-space analysis in Ref. 12, we make the following requirements. 10 (i) Ellipticity in the Interior Let U be an open subset with compact closure in M, and consider an open subset U\ whose closure Ui is properly included into U: U\ C U. If p is a symbol of order d on U, it is said to be elliptic on U\ if there exists an open set U2 which contains U\ and positive constants Co,C% so that \p(x,0\-1
+ \^\)-d,
for |f I > C 0 and x € U2, where |f| = \ / 5 a 6 ( x ) £ a 6 operator P is then elliptic.
(30) T
h e corresponding
(ii) Strong Ellipticity in the Absence of Boundaries
86 Let us assume that the symbol under consideration is polyhomogeneous, in that it admits an asymptotic expansion of the form oo
1=0
where each term pd-i has the homogeneity property = td-lpd.i(x,0 if t > 1 and |£| > 1. Pd-i(x,tO
(32)
The leading symbol is then, by definition, p°{x,t)=pd(x,Q.
(33)
Strong ellipticity in the absence of boundaries is formulated in terms of the leading symbol, and it requires that Rep0(x,0>c(x)\(i\d,
(34)
where x £ M and |£| > 1, c being a positive function on M. It can then be proved that the Garding inequality holds, according to which, for any e > 0, Re(Pu,u)
> b\\u\\l - &i||u||d_ e for u € H?(M),
(35)
with b > 0. (iii) Strong Ellipticity in the Presence of Boundaries The homogeneity property (32) only holds for t > 1 and |£| > 1. Consider now the case / = 0, for which one obtains the leading symbol which plays the key role in the definition of ellipticity. If p°(x, £) = pd(x, f) = CTL(P; X, £) is not a polynomial (which corresponds to the genuinely pseudo-differential case) while being a homogeneous function of £, it is irregular at £ = 0. When |£| < 1, the only control over the leading symbol is provided by estimates of the form12
(36)
We therefore come to appreciate the problematic aspect of symbols of pseudodifferential operators. 12 The singularity at £ = 0 can be dealt with either by modifying the leading symbol for small £ to be a C°° function (at the price of loosing the homogeneity there), or by keeping the strict homogeneity and dealing with the singularity at £ = 0.12
87
On the other hand, we are interested in a definition of strong ellipticity of pseudo-differential boundary-value problems that reduces to Eqs. (20)-(22) when both P and the boundary operator reduce to the form considered in Ref. 6. For this purpose, and bearing in mind the occurrence of singularities in the leading symbols of P and of the boundary operator, we make the following requirements. 10 Let (P + G) be a pseudo-differential operator subject to boundary conditions described by the pseudo-differential boundary operator B (the consideration of (P + G) rather than only P is necessary to achieve self-adjointness, as is described in detail in Refs. 12 and 13). The pseudo-differential boundaryvalue problem ((P + G),B) is strongly elliptic with respect to C — R+ if: (I) The inequalities (30) and (34) hold; (II) There exists a unique solution of the equation aL ((P + G); {xk} ,r = 0, {<,-} ,w -> - i £ \ - A
(20')
subject to the boundary conditions
*L(B) ({£*}, {<j})V>M=tf'(¥0
(21')
and to the asymptotic condition (22). It should be stressed that, unlike the case of differential operators, Eq. (20') is not an ordinary differential equation in general, because (P + G) is pseudo-differential. (Ill) The strictly homogeneous symbols associated to (P + G) and B have limits for |£| —> 0 in the respective leading symbol norms, with the limiting symbol restricted to the boundary which avoids the values A $ C - R + for all {£}. Condition (III) requires a last effort for a proper understanding. Given a pseudo-differential operator of order d with leading symbol p°(x,£), the associated strictly homogeneous symbol is denned by 12 ph(x,0 = mdP°(x,-^j
for £?0.
(37)
This extends to a continuous function vanishing at £ = 0 when d > 0. In the presence of boundaries, the boundary-value problem ((P+G),B) has a strictly homogeneous symbol on the boundary equal to (some indices are omitted for simplicity)
(itm,r=o,{Q,-i&)+ghm,{<},-i&)-y
88
where ph,gh and bh are the strictly homogeneous symbols of P,G and B respectively, obtained from the corresponding leading symbols p°,g° and b° via equations analogous to (37), after taking into account the split (19), and upon replacing u by —i-§^- The limiting symbol restricted to the boundary (also called limiting A-dependent boundary symbol operator) and mentioned in condition III reads therefore 12 ah({x},r
= 0,^ =
0,-^
Ph ({£} ,r = 0,C = <),-»&) +gh ({x},C = 0 , - t & ) - A \
»{{z}tC = 0,-i&)
J'
(38)
where the singularity at £ = 0 of the leading symbol in absence of boundaries is replaced by the singularity at £ = 0 of the leading symbols of P, G and B when a boundary occurs. Let us now see how the previous conditions on the leading symbol of (P + G) and on the graded leading symbol of the boundary operator can be used. The equation (20') is solved by a function ip depending on r, {xk} ,{Cj} a n d , parametrically, on the eigenvalues A. For simplicity, we write f =
(z,C)e-r^^^
when (P + G) reduces to a Laplacian. The equation (21') involves the graded leading symbol of B and restriction to the boundary of the field and its covariant derivative along the normal direction. Such a restriction is obtained by setting to zero the geodesic distance r, and hence we write, in general form (here we denote again by A the full matrix element B2i in the boundary operator (10)),
n o W^(o,x,C;A)Y_ ( np(o,£,C;A) aL(A) I-^){
\ l
'
where p differs from ip, because Eq. (21') is written for ip{ip) and i>'{ip) # V'(v)Now Eq. (39) leads to n v (0,x,C;A) = n P (0,x,C;A),
(40) (41)
89
and we require that, for ip satisfying Eq. (20') and the asymptotic decay (22), with A G C — R + , Eqs. (40) and (41) can be always solved with given values of p(0, x, (; A) and p'(0,x, C;A), whenever (C, A) ^ (0,0). The idea is now to relate, if possible, y'(0, x, £; A) to
p'(o,£,C;A) _ P'(Q,*,C;A) _ *>(<), £,C; A) - p(0,£,C;A) ~^X^'^
^
n(i)/(i,C;A) = /(x,C;A)n(£).
(43)
If both (42) and (43) hold, Eq. (41) reduces indeed to aL ( A M 0 , x, C; A) + / ( £ , C; A) (^(0, x, C; A) - p{0, x, C; A)) = / ( £ , C; A)n (<^( 0, i , C; A) - p(0, £, C; A)),
(44)
and hence, by virtue of (40), [aL(A) + f(£, C; A)]
(44')
Thus, the strong ellipticity condition with respect to C — R + implies in this case the invertibility of CTL(A) + f(x, £; A) , i.e. det[a L (A) + /(z,C;A)] ^ 0
VA G C - R+.
(45)
Moreover, by virtue of the identity [/(£,C;A)+a L (A)][/(£,C;A)-<7 L (A)] = [/ 2 (z,C; A) - ^ ( A ) ] ,
(46)
the condition (45) is equivalent to det [f(x, Since f(x,(;X) the form
C; A) - a2L(A)] ^ 0
VA G C - R + .
(47)
is, in general, complex-valued, one can always express it in / ( £ , C; A) = R e / ( i , C; A) + ilmf(x, C; A),
(48)
so that (47) reads eventually det [Re2f{x, C; A) - lm2f{x,
C; A) -
90
In particular, when Im/0r,C;A) = O,
(50)
det[Re2/(a-,C;A)-
(51)
condition (49) reduces to
A sufficient condition for strong eUipticity with respect to the cone C — R + is therefore the negative-definiteness of o\(K): ff!(A)<0,
(52)
so that Re2/(z,C;A)-a2(A)>0,
(53)
and hence (51) is fulfilled. In the derivation of the sufficient conditions (49) and (52), the assumption (43) plays a crucial role. In general, however, II and / have a non-vanishing commutator, and hence a C(x, £; A) exists such that U(x)f(x, C; A) - f(x, C; \)U(x) = C(x, C; A).
(54)
The occurrence of C is a peculiar feature of the fully pseudo-differential framework. Equation (41) is then equivalent to (now we write explicitly also the independent variables in the leading symbol of A) [ ( a L ( A ) - C ) ( f , C ; A ) + /(x,C;A)] v (0,i,C;A) = p'(0, x, C; A) - C(x, C; A)p(0, x, C; A).
(55)
On defining 7(x,C;A)=[aL(A)-c](5,C;A),
(56)
we therefore obtain strong eUipticity conditions formally analogous to (45) or (49) or (51), with CTL(A) replaced by 7(i,C;A) therein, i.e. det [ 7 (£, C; A) + f(x, C; A)] ^ 0 VA e C - R + ,
(57)
which is satisfied if det [ R e 2 / ( i , C; A) -lm2f(x,
C; A) - 7 2 ( £ , C; A)+2iRef(x, C; A)Im/(i, C; A)] # 0. (58) We have therefore provided a complete characterization of the properties of the symbol of the boundary operator for which a set of boundary conditions
91
completely invariant under infinitesimal diffeomorphisms are compatible with a strongly elliptic one-loop quantum theory. Our analysis is detailed but general, and hence has the merit (as far as we can see) of including all pseudodifferential boundary operators for which the sufficient conditions just derived can be imposed. This is not yet the same, however, as saying that the pseudodifferential framework in one-loop quantum theory is definitely better. One still has to prove that the set of symbols satisfying all our conditions is nonempty. Moreover, our definition of strong ellipticity is given for self-adjoint pseudo-differential boundary-value problems, and is therefore less general than the one applied in Ref. 7. It would be now very interesting to prove that, by virtue of the pseudodifferential nature of B in (10), the quantum state of the universe in oneloop semiclassical theory can be made of surface-state type. 14 This would describe a wave function of the universe with exponential decay away from the boundary, which might provide a novel description of quantum physics at the Planck length. It therefore seems that by insisting on path-integral quantization, strong ellipticity of the Euclidean theory and invariance principles, new deep perspectives are in sight. These are in turn closer to what we may hope to test, i.e. the one-loop semiclassical approximation in quantum gravity. In the seventies, such calculations could provide a guiding principle for selecting couplings of matter fields to gravity in a unified field theory. Now they can lead instead to a deeper understanding of the interplay between nonlocal formulations, 15-17 elliptic theory, gauge-invariant quantization 18 and a quantum theory of the very early universe. 10 Acknowledgments The author is indebted to the Organizers for giving him the opportunity to submit this invited contribution, to Ivan Avramidi for scientific collaboration and to Gerd Grubb for detailed correspondence. References 1. B. S. DeWitt, Dynamical Theory of Groups and Fields (Gordon and Breach, New York, 1965). 2. B. S. DeWitt, in Relativity, Groups and Topology II, eds. B. S. DeWitt and R. Stora (North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1984). 3. R. P. Feynman, Rev. Mod. Phys. 20, 367 (1948). 4. C. W. Misner, Rev. Mod. Phys. 29, 497 (1957). 5. S. W. Hawking, in General Relativity, an Einstein Centenary Survey, eds.
92
6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.
S. W. Hawking and W. Israel (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1979). I. G. Avramidi and G. Esposito, Commun. Math. Phys. 200, 495 (1999). G. Grubb, Ann. Scuola Normale Superiore Pisa 1, 1 (1974). P. B. Gilkey and L. Smith, J. Diff. Geom. 18, 393 (1983). G. Esposito, Class. Quantum Grav. 16, 3999 (1999). G. Esposito, 'Boundary Operators in Quantum Field Theory' (HEP-TH 0001086, to appear in Int. J. Mod. Phys. A). P. B. Gilkey, Invariance Theory, the Heat Equation and the Atiyah-Singer Index theorem (Chemical Rubber Company, Boca Raton, 1995). G. Grubb, Functional Calculus of Pseudodifferential Boundary Problems (Birkhauser, Boston, 1996). G. Esposito, Class. Quantum Grav. 16, 1113 (1999). M. Schroder, Rep. Math. Phys. 27, 259 (1989). J. W. Moffat, Phys. Rev. D 4 1 , 1177 (1990). D. Evens, J. W. Moffat, G. Kleppe and R. P. Woodard, Phys. Rev. D43, 499 (1991). V. N. Marachevsky and D. V. Vassilevich, Class. Quantum Grav. 13, 645 (1996). G. Esposito and C. Stornaiolo, Int. J. Mod. Phys. A15, 449 (2000).
93
T-DUALITY OF AXIAL A N D V E C T O R D Y O N I C I N T E G R A B L E MODELS J.F. GOMES, E. P.GUEUVOGHLANIAN f , G.M. SOTKOV 1 , AND A.H. ZIMERMAN Institute) de Fisica Teorica - IFT/UNESP Rua Pamplona 145 - 01405-900, Sao Paulo - SP, Brazil; t On leave of absence from the Institute for Nuclear Research and Nuclear Energy, Bulgarian Academy of Sciences, 1784, Sofia, Bulgaria E-mail:[email protected], [email protected], sotkovQift.unesp.br, [email protected] A general construction of affine Non Abelian Toda models in terms of axial and vector gauged two loop WZNW model is discussed. In particular we find the Lie algebraic condition defining a subclass of T-selfdual torsionless NA Toda models and their zero curvature representation.
1
Introduction
Two dimensional integrable models represent an important laboratory for testing new ideas and developing new methods for constructing exact solutions as well as for the nonperturbative quantization of 4-D non-abelian gauge theories, gravity and string theory. Among the numerous technics for constructing 2-D integrable models and their solutions 1 ' 2 , the two loop Q -WZNW and gauged G/i?-WZNW models 3 have the advantage in providing a simple and universal method for derivation of the zero curvature representation as well as a consistent path integral formalism for their description. The power of such method was demonstrated in constructing (multi) soliton solution of the abelian affine Toda models 3 and certain nonsingular nonabelian (NA) affine Toda models 4 . The present paper is devoted to the sistematic construction of the simplest class of singular torsionless affine NA Toda models characterized by the fact that the space of physical fields gl lies in the coset Go/Go = fjKJ ® U(l)rankG~1. Our main result is that such models exists only for the following three affine Kac-Moody algebras, B„ ', A^ and -£>„+! under certain specific restrictions on the choice of the subgroup G$ (i-e. equivalently the choice of gradation Q and constant grade ± 1 elements e±). It turns out that these models are T-selfdual (i.e. the axial and the vector gauging of the U(l) factor in the coset J'Ay [/(i)»-an*0-i i e a ( j s to identical actions ). They appear to be natural generalization of the Lund-Regge ("complex Sine-Gordon")
94
model 5 and exactly reproduce the family of models proposed by Fateev 6 . Our construction provide a simple proof of their classical integrability. It is important to mention that relaxing the structure of the coset Go/Go = —^—yUj , i.e. gauging specific combinations of the Cartan subalgebra of Go we find two new families of integrable models, axionic (for axial gauging) and torsionless ( for vector gauging) for all affine (twisted and untwisted ) Kac-Moody algebras which are T-dual (but not self dual) 8 . An important motivation for the construction of the above singular NA Toda models is the fact that their soliton solutions (for imaginary coupling ) carries both electric and magnetic (topological) charges and have properties quite similar to the 4-D dyons of the Yang-Mills-Higgs model 8 . 2
Gauged W Z N W Construction of N A Toda Models
The generic NA Toda models are classified according to a Go C G embedding induced by the grading operator Q decomposing an finite or infinite dimensional Lie algebra G = ®iGi where [Q,Gi] = iQ% and [Gi,Gj] C Gi+j- A group element g can then be written in terms of the Gauss decomposition as g = NBM
(2.1)
where N = exp G< S H-, B = exp Go and M = exp G> € H+. The physical fields B lie in the zero grade subgroup Go and the models we seek correspond to the coset H-\G/H+. For consistency with the hamiltonian reduction formalism, the phase space of the G-invariant WZNW model is reduced by specifying the constant generators e± of grade ± 1 . In order to derive an action for B € Go, invariant under 9—>g' = a-ga+,
(2.2)
where a±(z,z) G H± we have to introduce a set of auxiliary gauge fields A £ G< and A G G> transforming as A —• A' = a^AaZ1
+ a-daZ1,
A —•> A' = al1 Aa+ + dal1^.
(2.3)
The result is given by the gauged WZNW action, SG/H{9,A,A)
=
SwzNw{g)
- A / dz2Tr {Aidgg-1
- e+) + A{g-ldg
- c_) + AgAg'1)
.
95 Since the action SQ/H is -H-invariant, we may choose a_ = N_ and a+ = M+ 1 . Prom the orthogonality of the graded subpaces, i.e. Tr(QiQj) — 0, i + j ^ 0, we find SG/H(g,A,A)
=
SG/H(B,A',A')
=
SWZNW(B)
—^- [ dz2Tr[A'e+ + A'e- + A'BA'B-1}, 2TT J
(2.4)
where = -
SWZNW
^[(fzTrig-'dgg-'dg) •J
tijkTrig-1
dm^djgg^dkg),
(2.5)
24TT,
and the topological term denotes a surface integral over a ball D identified as space-time. Action (2.4) describe the non singular Toda models among which we find the Conformal and the Affine abelian Toda models where Q = e E U ^ T . ± = Zri=iC±iE±ai and Q = hd + £ [ = 1 2-±f-, c ± = Z)i=i c±*-^±cL + -^T'/ respectively, where V denotes the highest root, A;, the fundamental weights, h the coxeter number of Q and i?j are the Cartan subalgebra generators in the Cartan Weyl basis satisfying Tr(HiHj) = Sij. Performing the integration over the auxiliary fields A and A, the functional integral Z±=
j DA_DA+exp(-F±),
(2.6)
where F -
h
f (Tr(A - Be-B-l)B{A
- B ^ e + ^ B " 1 ) d2x
(2.7)
yields the effective action S =
SWZNW(B)
-T^fTr
(e+Be-B-1)
.
(2.8)
The action (2.8) describe integrable perturbations of the £/0-WZNW model. Those perturbations are classified in terms of the possible constant grade ± 1 operators e±. More interesting cases arise in connection with non abelian embeddings Go C G- In particular, if we suppress one of the fundamental weights from Q,
96 x the zero grade subspace acquires a nonabelian structure sl(2) ® u(l)rankG . Let us consider for instance Q = h'd + YZUa ^&T'> where h' — 0 or h! ^ 0 corresponding to the Conformal or Affine nonabelian (NA) Toda respectively. The absence of Aa in Q prevents the contribution of the simple root step operator EaJ in constructing e + . It in fact, allows for reducing the phase space even further. This fact can be understood by enforcing the nonlocal constraint JYH — JYH = 0 where Y is such that [Y • H,e±] = 0 and J = g~1dg and J = —dgg"1. Those generators of Go commuting with t± define a subalgebra Go C Go- Since the potential in (2.8) is invariant under transformations generated by 0°, it allows the construction of an action invariant under
g —> g' = a0ga'0.
(2.9)
Two inequivalent cases arise, namely, the axial gauging where aQ = cto{z,z) £ GQ and the vector gauging, where a'0 = ao^1(z,z) S Go- Auxiliary gauge fields Ao = aoY • H and AQ = aoY • H 6 Go a r e introduced to construct an invariant action under transformations (2.9) S(B,A0,A0)
= S(g£,Ao,Ao) ~ T
\
Tr
=
SWZNW(B)
(±A^BB~l + AoB~ldB
±
AOBAQB'1
+ A0Ao)
- — [rre+Be-B-1
(2.10)
27T J
where the auxiliary fields transform as A0 —> A'0 = A0 - a^dao,
A0 —> A'0 = A0 - d a ^ a o ) - 1 .
and the ± signs correspond to axial/vector gaugings respectively. Both, axial and vector theories are in fact related by dual transformation in gauge fields (apart from the quadratic counter term). Such residual gauge symmetry allows us to eliminate an extra field. Notice that the physical fields g0 lie in the coset Go/Go = (s/(2) ® u{\)rank9-x)/u{\) of dimension rankQ + 1 and are classified according to the gradation Q. It therefore follows that S(B,Ao,Ao) = S(gf0,Al0,A0'). In 9 a detailed study of the gauged WZNW construction for finite dimensional Lie algebras leading to Conformal NA Toda models was presented. The study of its symmetries was given in refs. 10 and in u . Here we generalize the construction of ref. 9 to infinite dimensional Lie algebras leading to NA Affine Toda models characterized by the broken conformal symmetry and by the presence of solitons.
97 Consider the Kac-Moody algebra Q [T^Tb]
= fabcT^+n
[d,T«]=nT«;
+
cm6m+n6ab
[c,Tn°] = [c,d] = 0 .
(2.11)
The NA Toda models we shall be constructing are associated to gradations of the type Qa(h') = h'd + ^ L a 2A ji H ) where h' is chosen such that the zero grade subalgebra Go defined by Qa{h') acting on Q, coincide with the zero grade subalgebra Q0 defined by Qa(h! = 0) when acting on Q (apart from two commuting generators c and d). Since they commute with Q0, their kinetic term decouples such that the conformal and the affine singular NAToda models differ only by the potential term. The integration over the auxiliary gauge fields AQ and AQ require explicit parametrization of B, exp(RYj Hj + $ ( H ) + vc + r)d) exp{^Eaa)
B = exp(xE_aa) where $ ( # ) = T,rj=iEZi
fiX'thj
, Y • X, = £ ; = 1 Y^XU
(2.12)
= 0,
i =
l , - - , r - 1 and hj = ^z-,j = !,-•• ,r. 3
2.1
Axial Gauging
After gauging away the nonlocal field R according to eqn. (2.9) with a'0 — 0.0 = e~*YHR, the factor group element becomes gf0 = e x p ( x £ - a J exp($(tf) + vc + »jd) exp(V>EQ.)
(2.13)
where \ = xe^Y a°"R-> $ = tye*Y'a"R. We therefore get for the zero grade component of the action (2.10)
^o = - ^ JTr (Aodg'igf)-1 + Md)'1^ - = /
+ ^Md)'1
+ 4>4>)
aoa02Y2& - ( ^ - ^ ( ^ d x + aoxfy^A "a
(2.14)
/
where A a = 1 + &^£ipXe*(a°) and [9(H),Eaa] = $(aa)Eaa. The effective action is obtained by integrating over the auxiliary fields A0 and A0 Z0 = f
DAQDAQ
exp(Fo) ~ e - s °
(2.15)
98 where 5 0 = - £ ( ^ ) therefore given as Seff
= - A
2
/ ^|ie2<s>(a*).
effective action (2.10) is
+ ^ ^ ^ e * < Q - > + M " + dudrj
f (Tr(d*(H)d*(H))
-2Tr(e+gle^(gf)-1)))
The total
.
(2.16)
Note that the second term in (2.16) contains both symmetric and antisymmetric parts: ^_a#>
X
= L-L(gK>dll1>dvx
+ e^d^dvx),
(2-17)
where g^v is the 2-D metric of signature g^v = diag(l, — 1), 9 = <9o + 9j 8 = do — d\. For r = 1 (Q = A\, $ ( a i ) is zero) the antisymmetric term is a total derivative: ' ^ ^ ~ k A (ln {1 + V-X} 0„ In J") , " " 1 + Vx 2 " " " V i- • ^ J ^
(2.18)
and it can be neglected. This yli-NA-Toda model (in the conformal case), is known to describe the 2-D black hole solution for (2-D) string theory 12 . The G-NA conformal Toda model can be used in the description of specific (r+l)-dimensional black string theories 14 , with r-l-flat and 2-non flat directions {g>lvGab{X)dlj,XadvXb, Xa = ('^^Xy'Pi))^ containing axions a b (elxvBab(X)dfiX dl/X ) and tachions (exp{—kij
Vector Gauging
The vector gauging is implemented by a'0 = a^1 — e^YHR , where —e^YaaR x = e~*YctaR V> = x- The factor group element may be then parametrized as gfQ = e x p ( - X £ - a J exp($(ff) + vc + r]d) exp(XEaJ where $(H) = Y • HR + X)j=i fjXjhi. action (2.10) then becomes F0 = - A f(~(Y 2 27r J aa
• arfaoaox'e^
(2.19)
The zero grade component of the - a0(Y2dR
+
ai
™L*LxdXe*^)
99 + a0(Y2BR + ?^S.xdxe*{a"))
•
(2-20)
Integrating over a0 and a0, we find for the total effective action (2.10), / ( Y* 1 Tr{Xi • hXj • h)dipid
Sett =
4-7T J
.t—
»,J = 1
+ 4 p 2 ( a 0 ) H f ^ e - * ( a - ) + ^p(aa)(dRdlnx a «a X a f 1 2Tr(e+g 0e_(glr ))
+ BRdlnx)
(2.21) y2
2
where p{aa) = 2 (y. a '' \ • Defining the new variables E = edR,
F = E-1(l-cx2exp$(aQ))
(2.22)
the effective action (2.21) becomes Seff
= ~^
j{\Y.
- dT{dRd$(aa)
Tr Xi
^
• hXi
+ 8Rd${aa))
• h)dfiBlPj
+ \dRdR{Y2
+ drjdu + dvdr] -
+ 2d2p(aa))
(dEdF
r
+^dF)
1 — hir
- Tr(e+gle-(gf0)-1)) (2.23) where 2dY = -^rp{aa) and 2cT — -£? are chosen in order to eliminate the variable X- Notice that the E — F- term in the action (2.23) is symmetric. The vector gauging, therefore provides a construction of torsionless actions dual to its axionic counterpart. This fact raises the question whether there are selfdual torsionless actions, i.e. axial and vector gauging leads to same action. 2.3
Example Torsionless Br
Let Y = ^ p - - ^ p 1 = er, a = r, p(ar) = \ where ^r = ^ ( e i + e 2 H
her),
A r _! = (ex + e2 H
he r _i)-.
(2.24)
Parametrizing <&(H) = X)i=i V*e« ' H + ^er ' H, we find k
f 1 »~^
-
-
seff = - — / (- ] T a^i^Vi + ^ ^ + 5i/a?j
(BEBE 4- f)EF)E\ 1
_£JF—-
100
- Trie+gft-igfo-1))
(2.25)
where we have chosen T = 1, d = — | , c = - l i n order to eliminate terms dRdR. 2.4
Example Ar
Let Y — \\. We will get a simpler and cleaner result if we parametrize *{H) = £[=i fihi. s
eff = —^ J ( Y, VijdVidVj + 2 Z\Zl
+ dr) u + dvBri
®
+ 2(dip18lnX + dcpidlnx) - 2Tr{e+gf0e_{gfQ)-1))
.
(2.26)
Defining E = e*\
F = E-1(l-X2e-fi2)
(2.27)
we than find Seff = ~ ^ j i \
E
Vijdipidipj -
^-(dlnEd$(aa)+dlnEd$(a ))a
i,j=2
+ dndu + dudn - VBSf + teW _ Tr(e+g^(9^))
.
(2.28)
2.5 No Torsion Theorem We now discuss a condition for which the axial gauging generate torsionless models. Consider a finite dimensional lie algebra Q with grading operator given by
and consider the most general constant generators of grade ± 1 , i. e., r e
± = 2 j c ± i . E ± a i + ^ ± £ ± ( o . + M i ) + d±i?±( a< ,+ a< ,_ 1 ).
(2.29)
It is clear that if c±i, b±,d± ^ 0, there shall be no Go commuting with e±, since that require an orthogonal direction to all roots appearing in e±. These are the generalized non-singular NA-Toda models of ref. 1 3 . The NA-Toda models of singular metric Gij(X) correspond to the cases when Q° = f/(l)
101
and we impose it as a subsidiary constraint °. Depending upon the choice of the constants c±i, b± and d± we distinguish four families of singular NA-Toda models: (i)6± = d± = 0, G°0 = ^Xa c
• ff;
c
(ii) ±(a-i) = ±(a+i) = 0, ^o = ^|-Aa • # - -£r—\a-i (iii)c ±(Q+1) = d± = 0, G°0 = ^-A a • H - ^ - W
• H - ^ — A a + i • H; • H;
(iv)6± = C ^ - D = 0, e0° = SaXa • H - ^ A a _ ! • H. Of course, if c±j = 0, j ' ^ a, a ± 1, we find (?§ = -\j " H- However, since [Xj • H,E±aa] = 0, there will be no singular metric present and this case shall be negleted. Cases (i) and (ii) are equivalent, since they are related by the Weyl reflection aaa (aa±i) = aa + aa±i and the corresponding fields are related by non-linear change of the variables. This case has already been discussed in refs. 10 and u , and shown to present always the antisymmetric term, originated by the presence of ekaiipi in A a and in the kinetic term as well. Since we are removing all dependence in QQ, when parameterizing g^, cases (iii) and (iv) may be studied together with gf0 = exp(XE-aa)
exp($(tf)) exp(^£ Q a )
(2.30)
where *(ff) = £ £ > <Mi + ¥>-(*- • # ) + >+(*+ • H) + £ [ = Q + 2 ¥>A> (Hi)
X(iv)
X-
Q-a- - 1
= Cta-- l !
(iii)
+ aa,
= «a+l
(2.31)
= ota + Cta+i
(2.32)
x+ (iv)
x+
for cases (iii) and (iv) respectively, and Q° = Y H, such that Tr(x±-HQ°) 0. Such parametrization of gl yields a-1
=
r
#(<*a) = ~Yjkam t=l
+ ("a - X - ) V - +(<*a • X+)f+
+ ^2 k"ifi i=o+2
•
Now, if we consider Lie algebras whose Dynkin diagrams connect only nearest neighbours, i. e., *(a„) = (QQ • X-)
(2-33)
then the "no-torsion condition" implies $ ( a a ) = 0. "If we leave S° unconstrained the resulting model belongs again to the non singular NAToda class of models 13 .
102
Considering case (hi), we have aa • x- = aa • («a-i + aa) = 0,
(2.34)
aa -X+ =aa • (a a +i) = 0.
(2.35)
In this case, the only solution for both equations is to take a = r (in such a way that ar+\ = 0) and Q = Br (so that a2. = - a r _ i • a r = 1). This is precisely the case proposed by Leznov and Saveliev 16 and subsequently discussed by Gervais and Saveliev 14 and also by Bilal 7 , for the particular case of £?2 • For case (iv), the "no-torsion condition" requires that a a - i • ota = 0,
aa • (aa + Q a +i) = 0,
which are satisfied by a = 1 and also by Q = C2, since aa-\ = 0 and also a\ = — oti • Q2 = 1, respectively. In general, the "no-torsion condition", i. e., $ ( a a ) = 0, may be expressed in terms of the structure of the co-set Go/Go = • The crucial u(i) ingredient for the appearence of $ ( a a ) arises from the conjugation 7W A J A (J\-^- J- A A \
o\2 (A J .
2
xV>exp($(a a ))
Henceforth, if all generators belonging to the Cartan subalgebra parameterizing 3Q commute with E±aa, then $ ( a a ) = 0, and therefore the structure of the co-set
is the general condition for the absence of the antisymmetric term in the action. Summarizing, for finite dimensional Lie algebras, it was shown that the absence of the antisymmetric terms in the action can only occur for G = Br, a = r and and e± = Y^i=i c±iE±cn + d±E±(ar+ar_1). In such case, Go is generated by Y • H = ( ^ - ^F=±) • H and *(H) = YZi ¥>*>>* +
Since
103 conformal and the affine models differ only by the potential term, the solution for the no torsion condition is also satisfied for infinite dimensional algebras, whose Dynkin diagram possess a 5„-"tail like". An obvious solution is the untwisted Bn model. Two other solutions were found within the twisted affine Kac-Moody algebras /42„ and £>„+! as we shall describe in detail. 3
The B{n] Torsionless N A Toda model
Let Q = 2(n - l)d + YA=I ^%T~ decomposing B^ into graded subspaces. In particular Q0 = 51/(2) C/(l)" _ 1 ® t / ( l ) a ® U{l)j generated by {E±ln,hi, • • • ,hn,c,d}. Following the no torsion theorem of ref. 9 , we have to choose e± = J27=i c±iE±lt + c±(n-i)E±){an__1+an)+c±nE{^\ where 4> = ati + 2(a2 H h a n - i + a n ) is the highest root of Bn and G° is generated by Y • H = (^p- - 2*p=!) . H such that [Y • H,e±] = 0. The coset g0/g° w
n—1
is then parametrized according to (2.13) with $(H) = YJi=i ^»Vi + ^ + v& where %i = (Q„ + • • • a») • if SO that Tr{HiHj) = Jy, i, j = 1, • • •,n - 1 and the total effective action becomes 2V\
(3.37) where the "affine potential" (n > 2) is n-2
V = Y, M V ' - * " * 1 + I c n - i l ^ J l + 2 ^ x ) e " v " - 1 + | c n | 2 e ^ + ^ - " .
(3.38)
t=i
The action (3.37) is invariant under conformal tranformation z-tf(z), ips -^
z->g(z),
V>->V>,
s = 1, 2, ...,n - 1;
X^X,
r?-> r? + 2(n - 1) l n / V .(3.39)
We should point out that the 77 field plays a crucial role in establishing the conformal invariance of the theory. Integrable deformation of such class of theories can than, be sistematically obtained by setting 77 = 0. For the case n = 2 we choose, e± = E{^+Ct2+E{yai_a2, $ ( a „ _ i ) = y>, i.e. Q = 50(5), is also special in the sense that its complexified theory, i.e. ip — > iip;
x — > iip*',
104
leads to the real action
s
=-iid2x (^i-CT+y^^+8(i - ^* w). (3.40)
4
The twisted N A Toda Models
The twisted affine Kac-Moody algebras are constructed from a finite dimensional algebra possessing a nontrivial symmetry of their Dynkin diagrams (folding). Such symmetry can be extended to the algebra by an outer automorphism a 15 , as a(Ea) = r,aEa(a)
(4.41)
where r/a = ± 1 . For the simple roots, r\ai = 1. The signs can be consistently assign to all generators since nonsimple roots can be written as sum of two roots other roots. The no torsion theorem require a Bn- "tail like" structure which is fulfilled only by the A\^ and £>„+! (see appendix N of ref. 1 5 ). In both cases the automorphism is of order 2 (i.e. a2 = 1). Let us denote by a the roots of the untwisted algebra Q. For the A\^ case, the automorphism is denned by
a(a2) = a2n-i
• • • ,tr(an-i)
= an
(4.42)
whilst for the D\+x, the automorphism acts only in the "fish tail" of the Dynkin diagram of Dn+i, i.e. a(Eai)=Eai,
•••,a(Ean_l)=Ean_1,
a{Ean)
= Ea„+1 .
(4.43)
The automorphism a decomposes the algebra Q = Geven [J Godd- The twisted affine algebra is constructed from Q assigning an affine index m 6 Z to the generators in GeVen while m € Z + \ to those in Q0dd (see appendix N of 1 5 ). The simple root step operators for A2ll are E0i = Eg
+ E
i = 1, • • • ,n
E0O= E(}]ai_..._a2n
(4.44)
corresponding to the simple and highest roots Pi = o ( Q i + Q 2n-i+i) i = l,---,n, respectively.
V = «i H
Ha 2 „ = 2(/3i-l
/?„) (4.45)
105
For £>n+i> simple root step operators are E0,=E^,
i = l,...,n-l,
E0O = El}2l-...-an.1-an+l
E0n=E^
+
E^+l,
~ ^ - . . . - ^ - ^
(4.46)
corresponding to the simple and highest roots Pi = at i = l , - - - , n - 1,
Pn = - ( Q „ + a n + i ) ,
^ = a x + • • • a n _ i + - ( a „ + a„+i) = A + • • • /?„
(4.47)
where have denoted by ft the roots of the twisted (folded) algebra. The torsionless affine NA Toda models are defined by 2™
o\
If
Q = 2(2n-l)d + J2 —4—'
( 4 - 48 )
and Q = (2n - 2)d + £
^
j
^
(4.49)
for A 2 n and £>„+! respectively, where A; are the fundamental weights of the untwisted algebra Q, i.e. —i-£J- = 8{j. Both models are specified by the constant grade ± 1 operators e± 71-2
e
± = ]T) c±iE±0i
+ c±(n-i)-E±(/3„_i+/3„) + c±„-ET/3o
(4.50)
where A are the simple roots of the twisted affine algebra specified in (4.45) and in (4.47). According to the grading generators (4.48) and (4.49), the zero grade subalgebra is in both cases Go = SL(2) ® t / ( l ) n _ 1 ® C/(l)g ® f ( l ) j generated by {E±pn, hi, • • •, hn, c, d}. Hence the zero grade subgroup is parametrized as in (2.30) where we have taken -q — 0, responsible for breaking the conformal invariance. The factor group is given in (2.13), where QQ is generated by y - # = ( ^ - ^ ) - t f and Hi are the fundamental weights of the twisted algebra i.e. - ^ r 1 = 6ij In order to decouple the ipt, i = 1, • • •, n — 1 we chose
106
an orthonormal basis for the Cartan subalgebra, i.e. $(H) = Hupi + rjh + vc where ni = (ai + ---a2n-i+i)-H,
YH
= nn,
TrCHMj) = 2 % i, j = 1, • • -n (4.51)
and Hi = (an-i+1+---
+ an+1)-H,
Y-H
= nn,
TrCHiHj) =6tj,
i,j =
l,---n (4.52)
for Ay2ll and - D ^ respectively. The Lagrangean density is obtained from (2.16) leading to —
YI
1
< ^ - V>
(4-53)
2^^-VD»U
(^4)
* > = TTTT- + \ E
9
and C
2
SxdV' + i n ~
»-ir T^X
where n-2
V2' = E
1
M 2 e - * " + v ! i + 1 + x|cn| 2 e 2 v i + I c n . i l ^ - ^ - ^ H - V x )
(4-55)
and n-2
VD(2, = T
1
| C i | 2 e - ^ + ^ + > + - | c „ | 2 e ^ + I c ^ f e - ^ - ' a + 2^x) • (4.56)
j=i
The models described by (3.37), (4.53) and (4.54) coincide with those proposed by Fateev in 6 . 5
Zero Curvature
The equations of motion for the NA Toda models are known to be of the form 16
d(B-ldB)
+ [e-,B-1e~+B}=0,
d{dBB~l)
- [e+.BelB-1] = 0 .
(5.57)
The subsidiary constraint JY-H = Tr{B-xdBY • H) = JY-H = Tr(dBB~lY • H) — 0 can be consistenly imposed since [Y • H, e±] = 0 as can be obtained
107
from (5.57) by taking the trace with Y.H. nonlocal field R yields,
Solving those equations for the
9R = ( ^ ) ^ e * < - > , BR = ( ^ ) * ^ e * ( - > . (5.58) Y* A Y2, A The equations of motion for the fields ip,x and tpi,i = 1, • • • ,n — 1 obtained from (5.57) imposing the constraints (5.58) coincide precisely with the EulerLagrange equations derived from (4.53) and (4.54). Alternatively, (5.57) admits a zero curvature representation dA — &A + [A, A] = 0 where A = el + B^dB,
A = -B'h+B .
(5.59)
Whenever the constraints (5.58) are incorporated into A and A in (5.59), equations (5.57) yields the zero curvature representation of the NA singular Toda models. Such argument is valid for all NA Toda models, in particular for the torsionless class of models discussed in the previous two sections. Using the explicit parametrization of B given in (2.30), the corresponding e± specified in (4.50), (4.45) and (4.47) together with (5.58) where Y is given in (4.51) and (4.52), we find, in a systematic manner, the following form for A and A
AAi, = g c^l + ^1„_, + 1 ) + <*-!(£
i=l
+ %e**VPL+&l„),
(5-60)
and n-2
-AAp
= £ Cie-^^
(Eg) + E&_t+l)
+ C„_ie •*- {&an+an_1
+
C„_lXe^-^-(<
)
+ Ean
cne^E{X-
+ 1+an+2)
_1-<)+2)
+c^xe-^-HE^^ 4. 1 -
+
- E^+i+an+2)
./.2 v „-«>,-i-JJi/p(0)
~ •^aI,+a„ + i+a„ +2 ) '
(5.61)
108 n-2
= Y.CiE(X
ADi:u
+ c B - 1 ( ^ - . m _ l +^-°i._I-..+I)
i=l c
+
n(-B(a1 + -..+Qn_1+a„ + 1)
+ £ ^
^(ai + -+a„+Q n + i ) )
+ ^ e * * ( £ * l + E<1+1) ,
(5.62)
t=l
and n-2 m
D
~ 2-~i
l
<*i +C„_ie
l\ta.-i
+ £ /
««+iK-i'
+ 2cn_1^-^-1(<)+l+a»_1 +<)_l+an)
+ cn+le*HE%+...+an_i+an+l)
- E%i+...+ari+an+i))
.
(5.63)
For the untwisted afnne 5 „ model of the previous section the zero curvature representation is obtained from n-2
ABp
=^CiE^+Cn-lEiX-a,-1+CnE^2{a2
+ drPe-^E^
+ £ dwHi + %ei«E<»
+
...+an)
,
(5.64)
«=i
n-2
__A ... — ST^ r.P-i+i pio) I r „vi+v»2 zjU)
+9Yp
v
' " - 1 + 5fl
t=i
+ c„_ 1 (l + 2 ^ ) e - v ' - 1 £ ; i 0 i 1 + O n - 2c„_1e-^-1-^^(l + i M ^ L - M a . •
(5-65)
The zero curvature representation of such subclass of torsionless NA Toda models shows that they are in fact classically integrable field theories. The construction of the previous sections provides a sistematic afnne Lie algebraic structure underlying those models.
109 6
Conclusions
We have constructed a class of affine NA Toda models from the gauged twoloop WZNW models in which left and right symmetries are incorporated by a suitable choice of grading operator Q. Such framework is specified by grade ± 1 constant generators e± and the pair (Q, e±) determines the model in terms of a zero grade subgroup Go- We have shown that for non abelian Go, it is possible to reduce even further the phase space by constraining to zero the currents commuting with e± , (J £ Go)) to the fields lying in the coset Go/Go only. Moreover, we have found a Lie algebraic condition which defines a class of T-selfdual torsionless models, for the case Go = ^(1)- The action for those models were sistematicaly constructed and shown to coincide with the models proposed by Fateev 6 , describing the strong coupling limit of specific 2-d models representing sine-Gordon interacting with Toda-like models. Their weak coupling limit appears to be the Thirring model coupled to certain affine Toda theories 6 . Following the same line of arguments of the previous sections, one can construct more general models, say, Go/Go — — c/(i)' ' ^O/GQ = sW)®sW)WW"-\ gQ/go = ^ ( W ) - 2 , etc. Those models represent more general NA affine Toda models obtained by considering specific gradations Qa,b,-- = hatbt...d+ YM^tab-- a • However the important problem of the classification of all integrable models obtained as gauged two loop GWZNW models remains open. The connections constructed above provide soliton solution by using dressing transformation formalism. Specific examples of soliton behaviour will be reported in a separate publication. Acknowledgments We are grateful to FAPESP and CNPq for financial support. References 1. L.D. Faddeev and L. Takhtajan, Hamiltonian methods in the Theory of Solitons, (Springer, Berlin, 1987) 2. A. N. Leznov, M. V. Saveliev, Group Theoretical Methods for Integration of Nonlinear Dynamical Systems, (Birkhauser Verlag, Berlin, Progress in Physics, Vol. 15 1992)
110
3. H. Aratyn, L.A. Ferreira, J.F. Gomes and A.H. Zimerman, Phys. Lett B 254, 372 (1991). 4. L.A. Ferreira, J.L. Miramontes and J.S. Guillen, Nucl. Phys.B 449, 631 (1995); C. R. Fernandez-Pousa, M. V. Gallas , T. J. Hollowood and J.L. Miramontes Nucl.Phys. B 484, 609 (1997). 5. F. Lund, Ann. of Phys. 415, 251 (1978); F. Lund and T. Regge, Phys. Rev. D 14, 1524 (1976). 6. V.A. Fateev, Nucl. Phys. B 479, 594 (1996). 7. A. Bilal, Nucl. Phys. B 422, 258 (1994). 8. J.F. Gomes, E.P. Gueuvoghlanian, G.M. Sotkov and A.H. Zimerman, IFT-Unesp preprint (in preparation). 9. J.F. Gomes, F.E.M. da Silveira, G.M. Sotkov and A.H. Zimerman, "Singular Non-Abelian Toda Theories", hepth 9810057, also in Nonassociative Algebras and its Applications, Lee. Notes in Mathematics, Ed. R. Costa, et. al., Marcel Dekker, p. 125-136 (2000); J.F. Gomes, E. P. Guevoughlanian ,F.E.M. da Silveira, G.M. Sotkov and A.H. Zimerman, Singular Conformal, and Conformal Affine Non-Abelian Toda Theories Ed. A.N. Sassakian, to appear in M.V. Saveliev Memorial Volume, Dubna (2000). 10. J.F. Gomes, G.M. Sotkov and A.H. Zimerman, SL(2, R)q Symmetries of Non-Abelian Toda theories hepth 9803122, Phys. Lett. B 435, 49 (1998). 11. J.F. Gomes, G.M. Sotkov and A.H. Zimerman, Parafermionic reductions of WZNW model, hepth 9803234, Ann. of Phys. 274, 289-362 (1999). 12. E. Witten, Phys. Rev. Lett. 38, 121 (1978). 13. J. Balog, L. Feher, L. O'Raifeartaigh, P. Forgas and A. Wipf, Ann. of Phys. 203, 76 (1990). 14. J.-L. Gervais and M. V. Saveliev, Phys. Lett. B 286, 271 (1992). 15. J.F. Cornwell, Group Theory in Physics , Vol. 3 (Academic Press 1989). 16. A. N. Leznov and M. V. Saveliev, Commun. Math. Phys. 89, 59 (1983).
111
D U F F I N - K E M M E R - P E T I A U EQUATION IN R I E M A N N I A N SPACE-TIMES J.T. LUNARDI*, B.M. PIMENTEL, AND R.G. TEIXEIRA Institute) de Fisica Tedrica - Universidade Estadual Paulista, Rua Pamplona 145, 01405-900 - Sao Paulo, S.P., Brazil; * On leave from Departamento de Matemdtica e Estatistica. Setor de Ciencias Exatas e Naturais. Universidade Estadual de Ponta Grossa. Ponta Grossa, PR - Brazil E-mail: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] In this work we analyze the generalization of Duffin-Kemmer-Petiau equation to the case of Riemannian space-times and show that the usual results for KleinGordon and Proca equations in Riemannian space-times can be fully recovered when one selects, respectively, the spin 0 and 1 sectors of Duffin-Kemmer-Petiau theory.
1
Introduction
The Duffin-Kemmer-Petiau (DKP) equation is a convenient relativistic wave equation to describe spin 0 and 1 bosons with the advantage over standard relativistic equations, like Klein-Gordon (KG) and Proca ones, of being of first order in derivatives. As a matter of fact, this equation was developed specifically to fulfill this characteristic, and provide an equation for bosons similar to Dirac spin 1/2 equation. The first one to propose what is now known as the 16 x 16 DKP algebra was Petiau x , a de Broglie's student, who took as starting point the former's work on first order wave equations on 16 x 16 matrices that were products of different Dirac matrices spaces. Latter it was showed that this algebra could be decomposed into 5, 10 and 1 degrees irreducible representations, the latter one being trivial 2 . Anyway, Petiau's work remained unknown to the majority of scientific community so that Kemmer, working independently, wrote Proca's equation as a set of coupled first order equations as well as the equivalent spin 0 case 3 . Although these set of equations could be written in 10 x 10 (spin 1) and 5 x 5 (spin 0) matrix forms, it was not clear which algebraic relations these matrices should obey. Based on this work, Duffin was able to put the equations sets in a first order /? matrix formulation presenting 3 of the 4 commutation relations present in the DKP algebra 4 . This result provided the motivation to Kemmer to complete formalism and present the complete theory of a relativistic wave equation for spin 0 and 1 bosons 5 . These and other facts related with the historical development of DKP theory,
112
as well as a detailed list of references on the subject, can be found in Krajcik and Nieto paper on historical development of Bhabha first order relativistic equations 6 . More recently there have been an increasing interest in DKP theory. Specifically, it has been applied to QCD (large and short distances) by Gribov 7 , to covariant Hamiltonian dinamics by Kanatchikov 8 and has been used in its generally relativistic version by Red'kov to study, using a specific representation of the 10 degrees DKP algebra, spin 1 particles in the abelian monopole field 9 . But, although DKP equation is known to be completely equivalent to KG and Proca in the free field case, doubts arise, specially with respect to KG equation, when minimal interaction with eletromagnetic field comes into play. This equivalence has been proved recently at classical level 1 0 , l i and at classical and quantum levels too by Fainberg& Pimentel 12 ; but leaves open the question about whether other processes or interactions could distinguish DKP from KG and Proca equations. So, our intention in this work is to analyze the generalization to Riemannian space-times of DKP equation and its equivalence to the Riemannian versions of KG and Proca equations. This demonstration will be performed by showing that one obtains the generalized KG and Proca equations when the spin 0 and 1 sectors of the generalized DKP equation are selected. In order to make this work more self contained we will dedicate some space to basic results on DKP theory and to the construction of its Riemannian generalization using the tetrad formalism. So, we start by presenting in section 2 the basic results on DKP equation on Minkowski space-time. We shall not enter in full details of the theory but simply quote the most important results and properties, specially about the projectors of physical spin 0 and 1 components of DKP field, necessary to the understanding of this work. For further details we suggest the reader to original works 1 ' 4 , 5 or classic textbooks 13 - 14 . In section 3 we will present some basic results on the tetrad formalism and perform the passage from Minkowskian to Riemannian space-times. In section 4 the equivalence between DKP equation and KG and Proca equations in Riemannian space-times will be demonstrated using the projectors of physical spin 0 and 1 sectors of DKP theory. Finally, we present our conclusions and comments in section 5. Throughout this work we will adopt the signature (H ) to the metric tensors as well as Einstein implicit summation rule, except otherwise stated. Moreover, Latin letters will be used when labelling indexes concerned to the Minkowski space-time or to the Minkowskian manifolds tangent to the Riemannian manifold, while Greek letters will label indexes referred to the Riemannian manifold. Both Latin and
113
Greek indexes will run from 0 to 3, except when we clearly state the opposite. 2
D K P equation in Minkowski space-time
The DKP equation is given by (iPada -m)tl> = 0,
(1)
where the matrices /3a obey the algebraic relations Pa(3b(3c + Pcl3bf3a = /3ar]bc + 0cr)ba,
(2)
being rjab the metric tensor of Minkowski space-time. This equation is very similar to Dirac's equation but the algebraic properties of /?a matrices, which have no inverses, make it more difficult to deal with. From the algebraic relation above we can obtain (no summation on repeated indexes)
(n3 = vaaPa,
(3)
so that we can define the matrices r?a = 2 ( / r ) 2 - 7 T ,
(4)
(r?a)2 = l, f , V - i j V = 0 ,
(5)
that satisfy
vapb + pbr]a
= 0 (ffl
_£ h) ^
r)aa/3a =7j a /3 a = p " y \
(6)
(7)
With these results we can write the Lagrangian density for DKP field as
£ = l-Wa VaV - m^,
(8)
where ip 1S defined as ^ = ip^r)0 .
(9)
From this Lagrangian we can obtain DKP equation through a variational principle. Moreover, we will choose /?° to be hermitian and /?* (i = 1,2,3) antihermitian so that the equation for tp can also be easily obtained by applying hermitian conjugation to equation (1). Besides that, under a Lorentz transformation x'a = h.af,xb we have r/, - • / = U (A) ip,
(10)
114
U-lpaU which gives, for (ujab = -coba)13,
infinitesimal
= Aabpb,
transformations,
U = l + ±uabSab,
(11) ab
A
=
rj
ab
Sab = l0a,/3b}.
+ u>ab
(12)
If one uses two sets of Dirac matrices 7" and j ' a acting on different indexes of a 16 component ip wave function it can be verified that the matrices Pa = \ hai'
+ iia)
(13)
satisfy the algebraic relation (2), but these matrices form a reducible representation since it can be shown 5 ' 1 3 that this algebra has 3 inequivalent irreducible representations: a trivial 1 degree (/3a = 0) without physical significance; a 5 degree one, corresponding to a 5 component ip that describes a spin 0 boson; and a 10 degree one, corresponding to a 10 component %p describing a spin 1 boson. 2.1
The spin 0 sector of DKP theory
The spin 0 sector can be selected from a general representation of /3 matrices through the operators P = -(f3°)2(P)2(P2)2(P3)2,
(14)
2
which satisfies P = P, and Pa = P0a. It can be shown a b
PP
ab
13
(15)
that
= Pr] , PS
ab
= SabP = 0, PaSbc = (r)abPc - r)acPb) ,
(16)
and, as a consequence, under infinitesimal Lorentz transformations (12) we have PUxjj = Pip,
(17)
so that Pip transforms as a (pseudo)scalar. Similarly PaUrp = Paip + uabPbip,
(18)
a
showing that P xp transforms like a (pseudo)vector. Applying these operators to DKP equation (1) we have da ( P » = T-^Pip,
(19)
115
and Pfy = -db m
(Pip),
(20)
which combined provide dada (Pip) + m 2 (Pi/>) = D (PV) + m2
(PI(J)
= 0.
(21)
These results show that all elements of the column matrix Pip are scalar fields of mass m obeying KG equation while the elements of Paip are ^ times the derivative with respect to xa of the corresponding elements of Pip. Moreover, we can choose a 5 degree irreducible representation of the 0a matrices in such a way that
^ •'(!) ^t^1) •'••*=ft1 )•
m
so that equation (20) results in V'a = —daipi , m allowing us to make ip^ = \/rrnp and obtain ^ [ ^ ° n , D
(23)
l m V
V
= 0,
(24)
V vW ) making evident that the DKP equation describes a scalar particle. 2.2
The spin 1 sector of DKP theory
In order to select the spin 1 sector of DKP equation from a general representation of j3 matrices we can use the operators i?^^
1
)
2
^
2
2
)
^
3
)
2
^
0
-^
0
],
(25)
and Rab
_ Rapb
From the definitions it can be shown following properties Rab
=
( 2 g) 13
that these operators have the
_Rba^
Ra0bl3c = Rabpc = T]bcRa - r]acRb,
( 2? )
(28)
116 Rasbc
_ ^abjfc _ ^cRb^
gbcRa
=
0 ;
(29)
and Rabscd
=
rfcjtad _ vacRbd _ ^bdgae + ^dtfc
(gp)
Then, under infinitesimal Lorentz transformations (12), we have RaUip = Raip + ujabRbi> ,
(31)
and RabU + uacRcbip,
(32)
showing that Raxj) transforms like a (pseudo)vector while Rabijj transforms like a rank 2 (pseudo)tensor. The application of these operators to DKP equation results in db (Rabx(j) = ™Raip,
(33)
1
and
fl«ty = —ll/ 0 6 ,
(34)
m where Uab = daRbtp - dbRaxl) ,
(35)
a
is the strength tensor of the massive vector field R xj). Combined, these results provide db (--Uab) = ~Ra^j \ m J i dbUba + m2Ra%l> = 0,
(36) (37)
or equivalently (D + m 2 ) Raip = 0; daRaip = 0. a
(38)
So, all elements of the column matrix R tp are components vector fields of mass m obeying Proca equation; being the elements of Rabip equal to ~ times the field strength tensor of the vector field of which the corresponding elements of Raip are components. So, similarly to the spin 0 case, this procedure selects the spin 1 content of DKP theory, making explicitly clear that it describes a massive vectorial particle. Similarly to the spin 0 sector of DKP theory, we can find a 10 degree irreducible representation of the /3 a matrices in such a way that
117
fa
(39)
09x1
^H.^J.iW.(* 1 ),iW=(* 1 ], <«>
^=U.J ,an * = U™J , * , * = U.Jfa A
D
„/.
( fa \
n
.1.
(
fa
(41)
Denning V>„ = v ^ a ,
(42)
where Z?a is a vector field, we get from equation (35) that
t,
,
8
-=^(* V. 1 * ")=^Ur,)'
(43
»
where Kab = (daBb - 8bBa).
(44)
Consequently equation (34) will result in
R
^=~M^)'
<45)
which, together with equations (40 and (41), determines the components ^4 to tpg in ift. So equation (37) can now be written as da (Kab) + m2 (Bb) = 0, (46) making explicit that the DKP equation describes a massive vector field. 3
Passage to Riemannian space-times
Before constructing the DKP equation in Riemannian 1ZA space-times we will construct the tensor quantities on 1iA using the tensors defined on a Minkowski manifold tangent to each point of 1Z4, and for this purpose we will use the standard formalism of "tetrads". Here we will just mention the necessary fundamental results and point out the reader to reference 15 .
118
A tetrad is constituted by a set of four vector fields eMa (x) that satisfy, at each point x of 7l4, the relations T,ab=ella{x)evb(x)g'"'{x),
(47)
= e^ (x)evb {x)r]ab,
(48)
lab = e M a (a;) e"b (x) g^ {x),
(49)
g»v{x)=e»a{x)evb{x)Vab,
(50)
e"0W=rWV/(x),
(51)
g^{x) and
where
the Latin indexes being raised and lowered by the Minkowski metric r]ab and the Greek ones by the metric g^v of the manifold 1Z4. The components Bab in M4 of a tensor B^" denned on TZ4 are given by Bab = e / e / B ' " ' , Bab = e\evbB^,
(52)
B*v = e»aevbBab,
(53)
or inversely B^
= e^e^Bab,
a
and it is easy to see that A^B^ = AaB . The Lorentz covariant derivative D^ is defined as D^Ba=dflBa+uj^b(x)Bb,
(54)
such that DllBa transforms like a vector under local Lorentz transformations xa = Aab (x) xb on the M4 tangent manifold, where the connection uliab (x) on M4 satisfies the transformation rule = A ° c < « (A- 1 )'" - (5MA)° c (A-1)0".
J* a
Requiring D^ (B Aa)
a
= d^ (B Aa), D^Ba
a
since B Aa b
= dfiBa-Ljfi aBb.
(55)
is a scalar, one gets (56)
The covariant derivative VM of an object Bv defined in the Riemannian manifold is given, as usual, as VMB„=aMBv-r^aBa,
(57)
119
where r M „ a is the connection on the Tl4 manifold. Then the total covariant derivative VM of a quantity Bva, with Lorentzian and Riemannian indexes, will be given by = D^B,,0, - T^uaBaa,
(58)
V M B" Q = D»Bva + r„a"Baa.
(59)
V^JBJ,"
or
wMaf>
a
The relation between connections and T^v ment that V M e,/ a = 0, which implies that UV°6 = eaaevbTllva
can be found by require-
- evbd^eva.
ua
(60)
Moreover, the metricity condition V^g = 0 will imply that ujfl = -w^ 6 ". Besides this, it is easy to see that V^A1* = VaAa, where V a = e M a V M , and that e'aDvB* = V^B" = VM (e\Ba) = eW^B". 3.1
ab
Generalized DKP equation
The procedure to generalize DKP equation is very similar to the case of Dirac one 15 . First we will generalize the matrices 0a defined on flat Minkowski manifold M4 obeying equation (2) to matrices /?M defined on Riemannian manifold Tl4 by P = e\l3a,
(61)
that will satisfy
PFF* + $a$v^ = /?V" + 0 V .
(62)
a
as it can be shown using the properties of /3 and equation (50). Moreover, under a local infinitesimal Lorentz transformation on M4, the multicomponent field ip will transform as given by equations (10) and (12) so that its variation will be H = \uabSabiP
,
(63)
and the variation of the tetrad vectors will be <5eMa = w a 6 e / .
(64)
If we consider two nearby points x\ and x2 with the local tetrads eM° {x{) and eMQ (x2) then ip (xi) and ip (x2) are the field ip referred to these tetrads, respectively. Performing a parallel displacement from x\ to x2 on the tetrad eMa (xi) we get a new one denoted by e'M° (x2) and the field ip at x2 with
120
respect to this new tetrad will be ip'(x2). Then, the covariant differential of the field can be defined as Dip = dxaVaip = dx^V^ip = ip' (x2) - V
fri),
(65)
or Dip = iP (x2) - ib (m) - & {x2) - ip' (x2)},
(66)
where we separated the translation term ip {x2)—ip (xi) from the local Lorentz transformation term ip'(x2) — ip (x2). Explicitly we have xP (x2) - ip (xi) = dxadaip = dx^d^ip,
(67)
and ip{xi)-rP'{x2)
= -\uabSa\
(68)
so that Dip = dxadaip + ^ujabSabip.
(69)
From the expression (56) for the Lorentz covariant derivative we see that the variation of the tetrad vector eM° under Lorentz transformations on the M4 manifold is <JeM° =uvabellbdxv,
(70)
so, comparing with equation (64) we can identify wab = ujvabdx" ,
(71)
and rewrite (69) as 1 Dip = dx» ( d» + $ultabSab
) ip.
(72)
From this expression we can obtain the Lorentz covariant derivative D^ of field ip and, since ip has no Riemannian index, this derivative will be equal to the total covariant derivative VM of ip; so we have that
VMV = D^iP = fa + ^absA
ip.
(73)
Applying the hermitian conjugation to this expression and using the definition of ip we get V^
= dl3-1-utiab^Sab.
(74)
121 Now we can write the generalized expression for the ip field Lagrangian (V>/?MVM> - VnWrj))
£ =
- rm/np
(75)
that can be written explicitly as l
£ = v ^ - Lp» 1
(d^+i^o65°v
- ( dMV - ^abipSab
)/3»iP)-
mW
(76)
So we have dC dip
l
+ w„„ 6 0"S o fy - u,/ 6 /?V) - ™V>
- (nr/,
'-9
(77)
and dv
dC = - 2J [3, (V=ff/5") ^ + A / ^ ' M d (3^) fir
where we used the result
j
(78)
(79)
15
(80) valid for a Riemannian manifold. Combining these results we get the generalized DKP equation of motion for Riemannian space-times i/?MVM> -mip = 0. 4
(81)
The equivalence with KG and Proca equations
Now we will analyze the equivalence between DKP and KG and Proca theories in Riemannian space-times. In order to do this we will generalize the operators defined in Section 2 to select the spin 0 and 1 sectors and apply them to the generalized DKP equation. Then we can compare the obtained results with KG and Proca equations in Riemannian space-times, in a way analogous to what was done in the Minkowskian free field case.
122
4-1
The spin 0 case: Equivalence with KG
From the Pa operators denned in Section 2 we can construct the generalized projectors P M as P " = e»aPa = e M a P/?° = PP",
(82)
where P is given by equation (14) in terms of the matrices (3a. Using equations (16) and (50) it is easy to verify that P»pv = pg^t
PS»V = S^P
= 0, P"Sav
= (g'"xPv - g^vPa).
(83)
As each component of Pip was shown to be a scalar under Lorentz transformation on the Minkowski tangent manifold M4 they will also be scalars under general coordinate transformations on the Riemannian manifold H4. Similarly, each component of Paip was shown to be a vector under Lorentz transformations so that the components of P^ip will also be vectors under general coordinate transformations 15 . So, one should expect that the total covariant derivative VM of Pip and P^ip should be that of a scalar and a vector, respectively. As a matter of fact, we have that VM {Pip) = D„ (PV) = d„ {Pip) + lu>„abSabPip = aM {PiP) , 2
(84)
and VM {P"iP) = e" c V„ {PciP) = e\Dil
{Pcify
d» (Pci>) + \^abSabPciP
+ w/fcPfy
V„ {P"ip) = e\ [9M {Pcip) + uj^tPt'ip] , since SabPc = SabPpc
(85) (86)
= 0, so that the use of equation (60) results in
V„ (P"V) = % (i*V) + V P V
(87)
These results show that we can calculate the total covariant derivatives VM of Pip and P^ip by applying the derivative to each of their components as if they were, respectively, a scalar and a vector on the Riemannian manifold 1Z4 and neglect its matrix character. Similarly, Pip and Paip can also be treated as scalar and vector, respectively, when calculating the Lorentz covariant derivative £>M. Moreover, we can also see that PV M V = % (p^)
+ \^abPSabiP
= d„ {PiP) ,
(88)
123
and P"V M V = e%PcV^
PVV^
= ev
d» (PC*P) + - w M a 6 P c 5 a V
= e\ [0„ (PciP) + w M c 6 P 6 V] = VM (P"ip)
(89)
(90)
so that it becomes obvious that PV^ip = VM (Pip) and PVV ^ip = VM ( P " ^ ) . Now, applying the operators P M and P to the generalized DKP equation (81), we get P»ih = — V (P0 = — d" (Pip), m m
(91)
and VM ( P ^ ) = -
(P^)
(92)
Combining equations (91) and (92) we obtain the generalized KG equation VMVM (Pip) + m 2 (Pip) = V a V a (P>) + m2'(Pip) = 0.
(93)
These results make clear that when we select the spin 0 sector of the generalized DKP equation (81), describing a scalar particle on a Riemannian manifold, we get a complete equivalence with the generalized KG equation. Once more we can make this equivalence more explicit using the specific choice of the matrices /?a that satisfies condition (22). Then we get as result PiP =
°J*X ) , P"V = e^PaiP = e»
IP =
( ^C^)
4x1
Ipa
, V„W + mV = 0,
(94)
(95)
and, finally, we note that it is possible to make a change in the representation of j3 matrices in such a way that the form of DKP field ip becomes iP -»• 1PR = ( v ^ Z ^
(96)
124
4-2
The spin 1 case: Equivalence with Proca
Similarly to the spin 0 case we can also generalize the operators Ra and Rab defined in Section 2 as R" = e»cRc, R?v = eticevdRcd,
(97)
which can be seen to satisfy the relations W
= -R^;
R"P"PP = R^p" R^S"" = g^R"
(98)
= gVf'R>1 - g»pRv, - g^R",
S^R"
(99)
= 0,
(100)
+ g»P R™.
(101)
and R^Scc/3
=
g>«*Rrf
_
gl*<*Rv0
_ gVPRfa
Analogously to the case of Pip and P^ip, we would expect the total covariant derivatives V^ of R^ip and R^ip to be, respectively, those of a vector and a tensor since Raip is a vector and Rabip a tensor on the Minkowski tangent manifold M4. This turns out to be true since VM (R"il>) = e"cVM {Rc4>) =
c e\d» (R iP) + ^atS^R^
+ u^cbRbrP (102)
V„ (iTt/>) = e% [aM {Rci>) + UncbRbip] ,
(103)
VM (Ravi>) = e V d V M {Rcdi>) ,
(104)
and
VM (Ra»iP) =
cd a6 c c bd cb eacevd 3M (R iP) + i w M a 6 5 i ? V + LJ„ bR ip + cj/bR i>
,
(105) VM (Ravi>) = eace"d [0M {Rcd*l>) + ^cbRbdxjj
+ UpdbRcbil>] ,
(106)
where we used SabRcd = SabRc/3d and SabRc = 0, so that using equation (60) in equations (103) and (106) results in VM (J?"V) = e" c % (R^)
+ T^Rfy]
,
(107)
125
and VM (RauiP) = eacevd
[9M {Rcd^) + T^R^rP
+ Y^Ra^}
.
(108)
So we can neglect the matrix character of R**ip and R^ip when calculating their total covariant derivative and proceed by applying the derivative to each of their components as if they were usual vector and tensor, respectively, on the Riemannian manifold 7£4. Moreover we can also show that iTV M V = e"cRcV^
=
e\Rc % W +
i r v M v = e"c aM (i?cv) +
1
o^abSa"lP
(109)
-^abRcsay
(110)
R'V^rp = eve [dy. (Rcip) + w^iity] ,
(111)
and RavV^
= eacevdRcaV^ RO'V^
= eacevd
= eace"d dp {RCdi>) + [0„ {RcdxP) + uj/bRcb^
\iOyabRCdSab^
+ uj^bRhd^}
V
,
(112) (113)
au
so that it becomes clear that R VMV = VM (R"ip) and R V^ = VM {Ravip). M Now we can use the operators R^ and i? " on the generalized DKP equation (81), obtaining m
(114)
i
and (115)
m
where now we have a covariant strength tensor U"v = V i ? > -
VRTTI).
(116)
Combining equations (114) and (115) we get the generalized Proca equation VA ([/ A ") + m2R"i/> = 0.
(117)
This makes clear that the spin 1 sector of the generalized DKP equation (81), describing a massive vectorial particle on a Riemannian manifold, is completely equivalent to the generalized Proca equation.
126
5
Conclusions and comments
In this work we analyzed the generalization of DKP theory to Riemannian space-times. We followed the standard procedure to perform the generalization by constructing the Riemmanian quantities from the flat space-time ones through the use of tetrad formalism. We have obtained a first order relativists wave equation that describes spin 0 and 1 particles coupled to the gravitational field. Then we used the operators that select the spin 0 and 1 sectors of the theory and obtained, respectively, the generalized KG and Proca equations for spin 0 and 1 bosons in Riemannian space-times, proving the equivalence between the theories. It should be also mentioned that the form (95) for DKP field when the matrices /? satisfy condition (94) is, in principle, analogous to the result obtained when we consider the interaction with eletromagnetic field: the "gradient" components of free field case (the first four components) axe replaced by the covariant derivatives 12 . This analogy is not clearly manifested in the case of the spin 0 sector because the covariant derivatives in a curved space-time will, of course, simply reduce to the usual derivatives due to the scalar character of ip. But if we perform for the spin 1 sector of DKP field in Riemannian space-times the same construction made in equations (39) to (45) in Minkowski space-time through a specific choice of a 10 degree representation of the /3 matrices, we will find that the usual derivatives will be replaced by covariant ones in those equations, changing the forms of the components ipi to ^9 of ip field. This procedure shows, together with the result of 12 , that care must be taken in account when using specific representations of the (3 matrices to obtain the components of DKP field ip: the forms of the components obtained in the free field case may not be usable to interacting fields, requiring a new construction. The perspectives for future developments are diverse and some of them are currently under our study. We could mention the application of the DKP theory to the electromagnetic field in Riemannian space-times. Moreover, it is interesting to look for the construction of a generalization similar to the one proposed by Dirac to its electron equation 16 . Subsequently, it comes the generalizations to Riemann-Cartan space-times 15 and to teleparallel description of gravity 17>18-19 as a step to compare the question of coupling of DKP fields to torsion in both theories, similarly to what has been done to usual spin 0 and 1 formalisms 2 0 ' 2 1 . Independently, it will be analyzed the quantic processes in DKP theory with gravitation viewed as an external field, as it has already been done with DKP field in an external electromagnetic field n .
127
Acknowlegdments J.T.L. and B.M.P. would like to thank CAPES's PICDT program and CNPq, respectively, for partial support. R.G.T. thanks CAPES for full support. The authors also wish to thank Professor V. Ya. Fainberg by his critical reading of our manuscript. References 1. G. Petiau, University of Paris thesis (1936). Published in Acad. Roy. de Belg., Classe Sci., Mem in 8° 16, No. 2 (1936). 2. J. Geheniau, Acad. Roy. de Belg., Classe Sci., Mem in 8° 18 (1938), No. 1 (1938). 3. N. Kemmer, Proc. Roy. Soc. A 166, 127 (1938). 4. R. J. Duffin, Phys. Rev. 54, 1114 (1938). 5. N. Kemmer, Proc. Roy. Soc. A 173, 91 (1939). 6. R. A. Krajcik and M. M. Nieto, Am. J. Phys. 45, 818 (1977). 7. V. Gribov, Eur. Phys. J. C 10, 71 (1999). Also available as hepph/9807224. 8. I. V. Kanatchikov, hep-th/9911175. 9. V. M. Red'kov, quant-ph/9812007. 10. M. Nowakowski, Phys. Lett. A 244, 329 (1998). 11. V. Ya. Fainberg and B. M. Pimentel, hep-th/9911219. To appear in Theoretical and Mathematical Physics. 12. J. T. Lunardi, B. M.Pimentel, R. G. Teixeira and J. S. Valverde, hepth/9911254. To appear in Physics Letters A. 13. H. Umezawa, Quantum Field Theory (North-Holland, 1956). 14. A. I. Akhiezer and V. B. Berestetskii, Quantum Electrodynamics (Interscience, 1965). 15. V. de Sabbata and M. Gasperini, Introduction to Gravitation (World Scientific, 1985). 16. P. A. M. Dirac, Max Planck Festschrift, page 339, (Veb Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschafter, 1958). 17. K. Hayashi and T. Shirafuji, Phys. Rev. D19, 3524 (1979). 18. V. C. de Andrade and J. G. Pereira, Phys. Rev. D 56, 4689 (1998). 19. J. W. Maluf and J. F. da Rocha-Neto, gr-qc/0002059. 20. V. C. de Andrade and J. G. Pereira, Gen. Rel. Grav. 30, 263 (1998). 21. V. C. de Andrade and J. G. Pereira, Int. J. Mod. Phys. D8, 141 (1999).
128
W E A K SCALE COMPACTIFICATION A N D C O N S T R A I N T S O N N O N - N E W T O N I A N GRAVITY IN SUBMILLIMETER RANGE
V. M. M O S T E P A N E N K O Centro Brasileiro de Pesquisas Fisicas, Rua Dr. Xavier Sigaud, 150, Urea 22290-180, Rio de Janeiro, RJ — Brazil; On leave from A.Friedmann Laboratory for Theoretical Physics, St.Petersburg, Russia. E-mail: [email protected] M. N O V E L L O Centro Brasileiro
de Pesquisas Fisicas, Rua Dr. Xavier Sigaud, 22290-180, Rio de Janeiro, RJ — Brazil E-mail: novelloOlafex.cbpf.br
150,
Urea
We discuss the recent ideas that the gravitational and gauge interactions may become united at the weak scale of about 10 3 GeV. They lead to the existence of n > 2 compact (but large comparing the Planck length) extra spatial dimensions. The consequence of this ideas is the rise of Yukawa-type corrections to the Newtonian gravity at the distances much larger than the compactification dimension, i.e., in a submillimeter range. The application of the Casimir effect for obtaining new constraints on non-Newtonian gravity is covered. The conclusion is made that the Casimir effect suggests the new important possibilities for the experimental test of the geometrical structure of space-time at small distances.
1
Introduction
The role of geometrical ideas and methods in Quantum Field Theory is universally known. The superstring approach which suggests the existence of six extra spatial dimensions with some compactification scale appears to be particularly promising as it avoids the problem of divergencies. Here we discuss the constraints on non-Newtonian gravity which is predicted by the different variants of string theory, supersymmetry and supergravity. As it is shown below, the laboratory tests of these predictions are possible in the nearest future, especially if to speak about the theories with the weak scale unification energy. It is common knowledge that the gravitational interaction holds a unique position with respect to the other fundamental interactions described by the Standard Model. Up to now, there is no renormalizable Quantum Gravity and the obstacles placed on the way to such a theory seem to be insurmountable. Gravitational physics suffers also from a poor experimental test. Even
129
the classical Newtonian gravitational law which is reliably proved at large distances is lacking experimental confirmation at the distances of order 1 mm or less. At the same time it is generally believed to be correct up to the Planck distances yjGfi/c3 ~ 10~ 35 m. Needless to say that it is a far-ranging extrapolation over 33 orders of magnitude. Corrections to Newtonian gravitational law at small distances are predicted by unified gauge theories, supersymmetry, supergravity, and string theory. They are mediated by light and massless elementary particles like scalar axion, graviphoton, dilaton, arion, and others. The exchange of these particles between atoms leads to an interatomic interaction described by Yukawa- or power-type effective potentials. Constraints for their parameters (interaction constants a, Xn, and interaction range A in case of a massive particle) is the subject for considerable study (see the monograph 1 and references therein). The gravitational experiments of Cavendish- and Eotvos-type lead to rather strong constraints over a distanse range 1 0 _ 2 m < A < 10 6 km 2 . At submillimeter range the existence of corrections to Newtonian gravity is not excluded experimentally which are in excess of it by many orders. The only constraints on non-Newtonian gravity at a submillimeter range follow from the measurements of the van der Waals and Casimir force (see, e.g., 3 ' 4 - 5 ). Until recently, they were not enough restrictive in spite of the quick progress in experimental technique and increased accuracy of force measurements. In 6 the Casimir force between the metallic surfaces of a disk and a spherical lens was measured by the use of torsion pendulum. The obtained experimental results and the extent of their agreement with theory were used in 7 to obtain stronger constraints on the corrections to Newtonian gravity in a submillimeter range. The strengthening up to 30 times comparing the previously known constraints was obtained within the range 2.2 x 10" 7 m < A < 1.6 x 10~4 m (see also 8 ) . In 9 ' 1 0 ' n the results of the Casimir force measurements between a metallized disk and a sphere attached to a cantilever of an atomic force microscope were reported and accurately confronted with a theory. They were used in 12,13 to constrain the nonNewtonian gravity. The strengthening of constraints up to 560 times comparing the former Casimir force measurements between dielectrics was obtained in the interaction range 5.9 x 10~ 9 m < A < 1.15 x 10~ 7 m. In the present report we discuss the possible violation of Newtonian gravitational law at small distances and constraints on it following from the Casimir effect. In Sec. 2 the recent impressive ideas are considered that the gravitational and gauge interactions become united at the weak scale (see, e.g., 1 4 ). These ideas in the context of string theory inevitably lead to the existence of Yukawa-type corrections to the Newtonian gravitational law at moderate dis-
130
tances in addition to the well known arguments in support of such corrections presented above. Extra spatial dimensions cause even more drastic change of gravitational law at small distances. In Sec. 3 the constraints on the parameters of Yukawa-type interactions are discussed which were obtained recently from the Casimir force measurements of papers 9'10>11 between gold and aliminum surfaces. In Sec. 4 the new constraints on the Yukawa interaction are presented following from the latest Casimir force measurement between gold surfaces by means of an atomic force microscope (these experimental results can be found in 1 5 ). In Sec. 5 (conclusions and discussion) the importance of the new Casimir force measurements for the elementary particle physics, astrophysics and cosmology is underlined. Also the prospects for further strengthening of constraints on non-Newtonian gravity in the submillimeter range are outlined. Below we use units in which h = c= 1. 2
Corrections to Newtonian Gravity in the Theories with a Weak Unification Scale
As was told in the introduction, the corrections to Newtonian gravitational law are predicted by the unified gauge theories, supersymmetry, supergravity, and string theory. The effective potential of gravitational interaction between two atoms with account of such corrections can be represented in the form V(ri3) = - ^ ^ ( l
+ a o
e-A)
>
(1)
where M\^, are the masses of the atoms, r\i is the distance between them, G is Newtonian gravitational constant, aa is a dimensionless interaction constant, A is the interaction range. In the case that the Yukawa-type interaction is mediated by a light particle of mass m the interaction range is described by the Compton wave length of this particle, so that A = 1/m. According to recent ideas the gravitational and gauge interactions may become united at the weak scale F ~ 1 TeV= 103 GeV, and the weakness of gravity at macroscopic distances is explained by the existence of n > 2 compact (but rather large) extra spatial dimensions 14 . 16 . 17 ' 18 . The consequence of these ideas is that the gravitational interaction is described by Eq. (1) for the distances much larger than the size of characteristic compactification dimension 19>20>21. One can arrive to potential (1) as follows. Let n extra dimensions be compactified by making a periodic identification with a period R. If one mass M\ is placed at the origin and the test mass M 2 is at the distance ri2 C R from Mi the force law of N = (4 + n)-
131
dimensional space-time is FN(r12)
= - G
^ ± ,
N
(2)
which provides the continuity of force lines in (N — l)-dimensional space. If ri2 3> R one obtains the usual Newtonian force MXM2 F(r12) = -G—2—, (3) r
12
where the Gauss law can be used to find the connection between the Ndimensional and the usual Newtonian gravitational constants 19
^L
G=^^
(4)
If there is no extra dimensions (n = 0, N = 4) one finds from (4) G — GN as it should be. Taking into account the connection between the gravitational constants G, GN and the respective Planckean energy scales M
PI
— n"1 "
1V1
PI,N
—
„
N-3 • GNTT~2~
\°)
Eq. (4) turns out to be equivalent to Mh = M»:*RN-*.
(6)
This result gives the possibility to estimate the allowed values of the compactification dimension R and the required number of extra dimensions. Putting JV-dimensional Planckean scale be equal to the weak scale, i.e. MpitN — F, one obtains from (6) 14 1 fMpA7^
R=-[—^) F \ F J
30 1
30
17
~10«^4- ~10^-17cm F
(7)
(we remind that MPI « 2.4 x 10 18 GeV). Evidently, one extra dimension is impermissable because for N = 5 it follows R ~ 10 13 cm which is in contradiction with the confirmed validity of Newtonian gravitational law at the scales of solar system. But already n = 2 (TV = 6) leads to R ~ 10~ 2 cm which is permitted by the results of gravitational measurements. The above considerations show that the gravitational law may vary from (2) at small, submillimeter distances to the usual form (3) at relatively large distances. The corrections to Eqs. (2), (3) can be found by considering the Newtonian limit of iV-dimensional Einstein gravity 19>20>21. At the distances ri2 <S R the corrections to Eq. (2) are of power type. The corrections at
132
the distances r i 2 ^> R hold the greatest interest because they can be tested experimentally. It is significant that they are of Yukawa-type, so that remote from the compactification scale the gravitational potential is given by Eq. (1). Coefficient aa of Eq. (1) depends on compactification geometry and on the number of extra dimensions. By way of example, if n extra dimensions have the topology of n-torus CCQ — 2n, and if they have the topology of n-sphere o>> = n + l 2 1 . The above models with n = 6 can be formulated within type I or type IIB string theories 16 ' 18 (in the case of M theory n = 7). In so doing, gravitons are described by closed strings and propagate in TV-dimensional bulk. The particles of the Standard Model are described by open strings living on (3+1)dimensional wall. This wall should have a thickness of order F _ 1 ~ 10~ 17 cm in the extra dimensions. Gravity becomes unified with the gauge interactions of Standard Model at the weak scale F. The usual Newtonian gravitational constant G loses its status of a fundamental constant. It is a multidimensional gravitational constant GN which acquires a meaning of the fundamental one. Note that the separated character of gravitons which may propagate freely in extra dimensions, while all ordinary particles cannot do so, is in some analogy with the field theory of gravity 22 where the gravity to gravity interaction is quite distinct from the interaction of matter to gravity. The possibility of serious variations of the gravitational law in submillimeter range makes much-needed the performance of new experiments. As was stressed, e.g., in 3 ' 5 , the Casimir effect may well become a new method for experimental verification of fundamental physical theories. In 23 the measurements of the Casimir force between plane plates were considered in order to restrict the extra dimensions and string-inspired forces. In the next two sections the recent experiments on measuring the Casimir force between a disk and a spherical lens (sphere) are used for the same purpose and new more strong constraints are obtained.
3
What Constraints are Known up to Date?
It has been known that the Casimir and van der Waals force measurements between dielectrics (see, e.g, 24 ) lead to the strongest constraints on the constants of Yukawa-type interaction given by the second term of Eq. (1) with a range of action 10~ 9 m < A < 1 0 - 4 m 3 ' 4 . In 6 the Casimir force between two metallized surfaces of a flat disk and a spherical lens was measured with the use of torsion pendulum. The outer metallic layer of gold, covering the test bodies, had the thickness of 0.5 /zm. The absolute error of the force measure-
133
ments in 6 was A F = 1 0 ~ n N for the distances a between the disk and the lens in the range 1 (im < a < 6 /im. In the limits of this error the theoretical expression for the Casimir force
^(0)(a) = - ^ 4
(8)
|Fth(a)-F(°>(a)|
(9)
360 a J was confirmed (where R is lens curvature radius). No corrections to Eq. (8) due to surface roughness, finite conductivity of the boundary metal or nonzero temperature was recorded. These corrections, however, may not lie in the limits of the absolute error A F . By way of example, at a w 1 /im the roughness correction may be around 12% of F^ or even larger 7 , and the finite conductivity correction for the gold surfaces at 1 /im separation is 10% of F^ 25 . (Remind that A F is around 3% of F<°) at a = 1/xm.) As to the temperature correction, it achieves 174% of F^ 0 ' at the separation a = 6/tm, where, however, A F is around 700% of F ' 0 ' . By this reason the constraints for Yukawa-type interaction following from the experiment 6 were found from the inequality 7
where F t /, is the theoretical force value, including F^°\ all the corrections to it mentioned above, and also the hypothetical Yukawa-type interaction calculated in 7 at experimental configuration (remind that the sign of finite conductivity correction is opposite to the signs of other corrections). The obtained results are usually shown by the curves in (aa, A)-plane where the regions above the curves are prohibited and below the curves are permitted. The strengthening of constraints calculated by Eq. (9) in 7 comparing the constraints obtained earlier (see, e.g., 3 ) by the results of Casimir force measurements between dielectrics is up to a factor 30 in the interaction range 2.2 x 10~ 7 m < A < 1.6 x 10~ 4 m (a bit different result was obtained later in 8 where the corrections to the ideal Casimir force (8) were not taken into account). In 9 ' 10 the results of the Casimir force measurements between a flat disk and a sphere by means of an atomic force microscope were presented in comparison with the theory taking into account the finite conductivity and roughness corrections. Temperature corrections are not essential in the interact i o n range 0.1/im < a < 0.9/xm of 9 , 1 °. The test bodies were covered by the aluminum layer of 300 nm thickness and Au/Pd layer of the thickness 20 nm (the latter is transparent for electromagnetic oscillations of characteristic frequency). The absolute error of the force measurements in 9 ' 10 was A F = 2 x 1 0 - 1 2 N. In the limits of this error the theoretical expression for
134
the Casimir force with corrections to it due to both surface roughness and finite conductivity was confirmed. The theoretical expression for the Yukawatype interaction in experimental configuration of 9 ' 10 was obtained in 12 . The constraints on the parameters UG, A calculated in 12 from the inequality \FYu(a)\
< AF,
(10) 9
turned out to be the best ones in the interaction range 5.9 x 10~ m < A < 10~ 7 m. They are stronger up to 140 times than the previously known ones from the Casimir force measurements between dielectrics (note that here all the corrections were included into the force under measuring; by this reason the constraints on \ao\ rather than on aa were obtained). In n the improved precision measurement of the Casimir force was performed by means of an atomic force microscope. The experimental improvements which include vibration isolation, lower systematic errors, and independent measurement of surface separation gave the possibility to decrease the absolute error of force measurement by a factor 2. Also the smoother Al coating with thickness 250 nm was used and thinner external Au/Pd layer of the thickness 7.9 nm. The Yukawa-type hypothetical force in the configuration of 11 was calculated in 13 where the stronger constraints on aa, A were also obtained using the inequality (10). These constraints turned out to be up to four times stronger than the constraints 12 obtained from the previous experiment 9 10 ' within a bit wider interaction range 5.9 x 1 0 _ 9 m < A < 1.15 x 10~ 7 m. The total strengthening of constraints on the corrections to Newtonian gravitational law from the measurements of the Casimir force by means of atomic force microscope has reached 560 times within the A-interval mentioned above. 4
Constraints from the Recent Measurement of the Casimir Force Between Gold Coated Lens and Disk
Recently one more measurement of the Casimir force was performed using the atomic force microscope 15 . The test bodies (sphere and a disk) were coated by gold instead of aluminum which removes some difficulties connected with the additional thin Au/Pd layers used in the previous measurements 9 ' 1 0 > n to prevent the oxidation processes on Al surfaces. The used polystyrene sphere coated by gold layer was of diameter 2R = 191.3 /mi and a sapphire disk had a diameter 2L = 1 cm, and a thickness D — 1 mm. The thickness of the gold coating on both test bodies was A = 86.6 nm. This can be considered as an infinitely thick in relation to the Casimir force measurements. The root mean square roughness amplitude of the gold surfaces was decreased until 1 nm which makes roughness corrections negligibly small. The measurements
135
were performed at smaller separations, i.e. 62 nm < a < 350 nm. The absolute error of force measurements was, however, AF = 3.5 x 1 0 - 1 2 N, i.e., a bit larger than in the previous experiments. The reason is the thinner gold coating used in 15 which led to poor termal conductivity of the cantilever. At smaller separations of about 65 nm this error is less than 1% of the measured Casimir force. Now let us calculate the gravitational force acting in experimental configuration due to the potential (1). The Newtonian contribution is found to be negligible. Actually, due to the inequality fl«L each atom of the sphere can be considered as if it would be placed above the center of the disk. Then the vertical component of the Newtonian gravitational force acting between the sphere atom of a mass Mi situated at a height I <S L and the disk is L
f„,(l)=I
GMxp2-K
l+D
rdr
J
-2irGMlPD\l-^^
.
J V^Tz
I (11) where p is the disk density, and only the first order terms in D/L and l/L are retained. The Newtonian gravitational force acting between the disk and the sphere is obtained from (11) by integration over the sphere volume 0
FN,Z « -^Gpp'DR3
(l - g - - | ) ,
(12)
where p' is the density of the sphere material. Even with sphere and disk made of the vacuo-distilled gold as a whole with p = p' = 18.88 x 103 kg/m 3 one arrives from (12) to the negligibly small value of FN
[ Pl - ( P l - p)e~^x]
[Pl - (Pl - p')e~^x
.
(13) According to 15 the theoretical value of the Casimir force was confirmed within the limits of AF = 3.5 x 10~ 12 N and no hypothetical force was observed. In such a situation, the constraints on aG can be obtained from the
136
inequality (10). The strongest constraints follow for the smallest possible values of a « 65 nm 27 . The Casimir force measurement between the gold surfaces by means of an atomic force microscope gives the possibility to strengthen the previuosly known constraints up to 19 times within a range 4.3 x 10~ 9 m < A < 1.5 x 10 _ 7 m. The largest strengthening takes place for A =(5-10) nm. Comparing the constraints obtained from the Casimir and van der Waals force measurements between dielectrics the strengthening up to 4500 was achieved by the Casimir force measurement 15 between gold surfaces using the atomic force microscope. 5
Conclusions and Discussion
We have discussed above the new geometrical ideas on the possible existence of relatively large extra spatial dimensions. The consequence of these ideas is the deviation from Newtonian gravitational law in submillimeter range. It was indicated that there are numerous evidences that the gravitational interactions at small distances undergo deviations from the Newtonian law. These deviations can be described by the Yukawa-type potential. They were predicted in the theoretical schemes with the quantum gravity scale both of order 1018 GeV and 103 GeV. In the latter case the problem of experimental search for such deviations takes on great significance. The existence of large extra dimensions can radically alter many concepts of space-time, elementary particle physics, astrophysics and cosmology. To cite an example, the highest temperature at which the Universe was born turns out to be ~ 103 GeV instead of 1018 GeV. Although this does not touch the era of big-bang nucleosynthesis which begins at lower temperatures of about 1 MeV the theory of the very early Universe including inflation may be significantly changed 19 . The Casimir and van der Waals force measurements is the main source of constraints on the Yukawa-type interactions at small distances. In the present paper we have reviewed the latest advances deduced in such a manner in the submillimeter interaction range. The new constraints were obtained also following from the recent Casimir force measurements between gold surfaces by means of an atomic force microscope 15 . They are found to be up to 19 times stronger than the previously reported 13 and up to 4500 stronger than the well-known constraints obtained from the Casimir and van der Waals force measurements between dielectrics. Although the interaction range where the new constraints are valid was extended, there is yet a gap up to the results obtained from the Casimir force measurement by the use of torsion pendulum 6 .
137
As it is clear from the above, much work should be done in order to test experimentally predictions of the models with weak-scale compactification characterized by the value ao ~ 10 (see Sec. 2). As was shown in 7 the constraints following from the experiment 6 can be improved up to four orders of magnitude in the range around A = 10~ 4 m. This is just right to attain the desirable values of aa. As to the experiments using the atomic force microscope Mo.n.is^ where the larger strengthening of the previously known constraints is already achieved (up to 4500 times), there remains almost fifteen orders more needed to achieve the value aa ~ 10 in the interaction range A < 10~ 7 m. Thus, it is desirable here not only to increase the strength of constraints but also to move the interaction range under examination to larger A (e.g., by the increase of a sphere radius and the space separation to the disk). In conclusion it may be said that the laboratory experiments on the measurement of the Casimir force offer new possibilities for the test of the geometrical structure of space-time at small distances. Acknowledgments The authors are grateful to G. L. Klimchitskaya, D. E. Krause, and U. Mohideen for helpful discussions. V.M.M. is grateful to the Centro Brasileiro de Pesquisas Fisicas where the work was performed for kind hospitality. He acknowledges the financial support from FAPERJ. M.N. was partly supported by CNPq. References 1. E. Fischbach and C. L. Talmadge, The Search for Non-Newtonian Gravity (Springer-Verlag, New York, 1998). 2. G. L. Smith, C. D. Hoyle, J. H. Gundlach, E. G. Adelberger, B. R. Heckel, and H. E. Swanson, Phys. Rev. D 6 1 , 022001 (1999). 3. V. M. Mostepanenko and I. Yu. Sokolov, Phys. Rev. D 47, 2882 (1993). 4. M. Bordag, V. M. Mostepanenko, and I. Yu. Sokolov, Phys. Lett. A 187, 35 (1994). 5. V. M. Mostepanenko and N. N. Trunov, The Casimir Effect and Its Applications (Clarendon, Oxford, 1997). 6. S. K. Lamoreaux, Phys. Rev. Lett. 78, 5 (1997); 81, 5475(E) (1998). 7. M. Bordag, B. Geyer, G. L. Klimchitskaya, and V. M. Mostepanenko, Phys. Rev. D 58, 075003 (1998). 8. J. C. Long, H. W. Chan, and J. C. Price, Nucl. Phys. B 539, 23 (1999). 9. U. Mohideen and A. Roy, Phys. Rev. Lett. 81, 4549 (1998).
138
10. G. L. Klimchitskaya, A. Roy, U. Mohideen, and V. M. Mostepanenko, Phys. Rev. A 60, 3487 (1999). 11. A. Roy, C.-Y. Lin, and U. Mohideen, Phys. Rev. D 60, 111101(R) (1999). 12. M. Bordag, B. Geyer, G. L. Klimchitskaya, and V. M. Mostepanenko, Phys. Rev. D 60, 055004 (1999). 13. M. Bordag, B. Geyer, G. L. Klimchitskaya, and V. M. Mostepanenko, Phys. Rev. D 62, 011701(R) (2000). 14. N. Arkani-Hamed, S. Dimopoulos, and G. Dvali, Phys. Lett. B 429, 263 (1998). 15. B. W. Harris, F. Chen, and U. Mohideen, quant-ph/0005088; Phys. Rev. A, 2000, to appear. 16. G. Shiu and S.-H. Henry Tye, Phys. Rev. D 58, 106007 (1998). 17. I. Antoniadis, S. Dimopoulos, and G. Dvali, Nucl. Phys. B 516, 70 (1998). 18. I. Antoniadis, N. Arkani-Hamed, S. Dimopoulos, and G. Dvali, Phys. Lett. B 436, 257 (1998). 19. N. Arkani-Hamed, S. Dimopoulos, and G. Dvali, Phys. Rev. D 59, 086004 (1999). 20. E. G. Floratos and G. K. Leontaris, Phys. Lett. B 465, 95 (1999). 21. A. Kehagias and S. Sfetsos, Phys. Lett. B 472, 39 (2000). 22. M. Novello, V. A. De Lorenci, and L. R. de Freitas, Ann. Phys. (N.Y.) 254, 83 (1997). 23. D. E. Krause and E. Fischbach, hep-ph/9912276. To appear in Testing General Relativity in Space: Gyroscopes, Clocks, and Interferometers, edited by C. Lammerzahl, C.W.F. Everitt, F.W. Hehl (Springer-Verlag, 2000). 24. B. V. Derjaguin, 1.1. Abrikosova, and E. M. Lifshitz, Quart. Rev. Chem. Soc. 10, 295 (1956). 25. G. L. Klimchitskaya, U. Mohideen, and V. M. Mostepanenko, Phys. Rev. A 61, 062107 (2000). 26. V. P. Mitrofanov and O. I. Ponomareva, Sov. Phys. JETP (USA) 67, 1963 (1988). 27. V. M. Mostepanenko and M. Novello, hep-ph/0008035.
139
FINITE A C T I O N , H O L O G R A P H I C C O N F O R M A L A N O M A L Y A N D Q U A N T U M B R A N E - W O R L D S IN D5 G A U G E D SUPERGRAVITY S. NOJIRI Department of Mathematics and Physics, National Defence Academy, Yokosuka 239, JAPAN E-mail: [email protected]
Hashirimizu
O. OBREGON Instituto de Fisica de la Universidad de Guanajuato, Apdo.Postal E-l\3, Leon, Gto., MEXICO E-mail: [email protected]
37150
S. D. ODINTSOV Tomsk State Pedagogical University, 634041 Tomsk, RUSSIA and Instituto de Fisica de la Universidad de Guanajuato, Apdo.Postal E-143, 37150 Leon, Gto., MEXICO E-mail: [email protected] S. OGUSHI Department of Physics, Ochanomizu University, Otsuka, Bunkyou-ku JAPAN JSPS Research Fellow E-mail: [email protected]
Tokyo 112,
We report our recent results concerning d5 gauged supergravity (dilatonic gravity) considered on AdS background. The finite action on such background as well as d4 holographic conformal anomaly (via AdS/CFT correspondence) are found. In such formalism the bulk potential is kept to be arbitrary, dilaton dependent function. Holographic R.G in such theory is briefly discussed. d5 AdS brane-world Universe induced by quantum effects of brane CFT is constructed. Such brane is spherical, hyperbolic or flat one. Hence, the possibility of quantum creation of inflationary brane-world Universe is shown.
140
1
Introduction
AdS/CFT correspondence 1 may be realized in a sufficiently simple form as d5 gauged supergravity/boundary gauge theory correspondence. The reason is very simple: different versions of five-dimensional gauged SG (for example, N = 8 gauged SG 2 which contains 42 scalars and non-trivial scalar potential) could be obtained as compactification (reduction) of ten-dimensional IIB SG. Then, in practice it is enough to consider 5d gauged SG classical solutions (say, AdS-like backgrounds) in AdS/CFT set-up instead of the investigation of much more involved, non-linear equations of IIB SG. Moreover, such solutions describe RG flows in boundary gauge theory (for a very recent discussion of such flows see 3>4>44.5>6>7>8 a n d refs. therein). To simplify the situation in extended SG one can consider the symmetric (special) RG flows where scalars lie in one-dimensional submanifold of total space. Then, such theory is effectively described as d5 dilatonic gravity with non-trivial dilatonic potential. Nevertheless, it is still extremely difficult to make the explicit identification of deformed SG solution with the dual (non-conformal exactly) gauge theory. As a rule 4,T , only indirect arguments may be suggested in such identification". From another side, the fundamental holographic principle 9 in AdS/CFT form enriches the classical gravity itself (and here also classical gauged SG). Indeed, instead of the standard subtraction of reference background 1 0 ' n in making the gravitational action finite and the quasilocal stress tensor welldefined one introduces more elegant, local surface counterterm prescription 12 . Within it one adds the coordinate invariant functional of the intrinsic boundary geometry to gravitational action. Clearly, that does not modify the equations of motion. Moreover, this procedure has nice interpretation in terms of dual QFT as standard regularization. The specific choice of surface counterterm cancels the divergences of bulk gravitational action. As a byproduct, it also defines the conformal anomaly of boundary QFT. Local surface counterterm prescription has been successfully applied to construction of finite action and quasilocal stress tensor on asymptotically "Such dual theory in massless case is, of course, classically conformally invariant and it has well-defined conformal anomaly. However, among the interacting theories only A/ = 4 SYM is known to be exactly conformally invariant. Its conformal anomaly is not renormalized. For other, d4 QFTs there is breaking of conformal invariance due to radiative corrections which give contribution also to conformal anomaly. Hence, one can call such theories as non-conformal ones or not exactly conformally invariant. The conformal anomalies for such theories are explicitly unknown. Only for few simple theories (like scalar QED or gauge theory without fermions) the calculation of radiative corrections to conformal anomaly has been done up to two or three loops. It is a challenge to find exact conformal anomaly. Presumbly, only SG description may help to resolve this problem.
141
AdS space in Einstein gravity 1216 and in higher derivative gravity 17 . Moreover, the generalization to asymptotically flat spaces is possible as it was first mentioned in ref.18. Surface counterterm has been found for domain-wall black holes in gauged SG in diverse dimensions 19 . However, actually only the case of asymptotically constant dilaton has been investigated there. In the current report we present our recent results on the construction of finite action, consistent gravitational stress tensor and dilaton-dependent Weyl anomaly for boundary QFT (from bulk side) in five-dimensional gauged supergravity with single scalar (dilaton) on asymptotically AdS background. Note that dilaton is not constant and the potential is chosen to be arbitrary. The implications of results for the study of RG flows in boundary QFT are presented, in particular, the candidate c-function is suggested. The comparison with holografic RG is done as well. As an extension, the brane-world solutions in dilatonic gravity are discussed (with quantum corrections).Indeed, after the discovery that gravity on the brane may be localized 35 there was renewed interest in the studies of higher-dimensional (brane-world) theories. In particular, numerous works 36 (and refs. therein) have been devoted to the investigation of cosmology (inflation) of brane-worlds. In refs. 38,37,42 it has been suggested the inflationary brane-world scenario realized due to quantum effects of brane matter. Such scenario is based on large N quantum CFT living on the brane 38 - 37 . Actually, that corresponds to implementing of RS compactification within the context of renormalization group flow in AdS/CFT set-up. Note that working within large N approximation justifies such approach to brane-world quantum cosmology as then quantum matter loops contribution is essential. In the last section we report on the role of quantum matter living on the brane in the study of brane-world cosmology in 5d AdS dilatonic gravity with non-trivial dilatonic potential (bosonic sector of the corresponding gauged supergravity). We are mainly interested in the situation when the boundary of 5d AdS space represents a 4d constant curvature space whose creation (as is shown) is possible only due to quantum effects of brane matter. Thus, the possibility of dilatonic brane-world inflation induced by quantum effects is proved. In different versions of such scenario discussed here the dynamical determination of dilaton occurs as well. This finishes the discussion of our results in the study of AdS/CFT aspects of d5 gauged supergravity (bosonic sector).
142
2
Holografic Weyl anomaly for gauged supergravity with general dilaton potential
In the present section the derivation of dilaton-dependent Weyl anomaly from gauged SG will be given. This is based on 23>48. We start from the bulk action of d + 1-dimensional dilatonic gravity with the potential $
~
!6TTG
[
dd+1xJ-d \R + IW(W) 2 + F(>)A4>+ $(
JMd+1
(1) Here M+1 is d + 1 dimensional manifold whose boundary is d dimensional manifold M& and we choose $(0) = 0. Such action corresponds to (bosonic sector) of gauged SG with single scalar (special RG flow). In other words, one considers RG flow in extended SG when scalars lie in one-dimensional submanifold of complete scalars space. Note also that classical vacuum stability restricts the form of dilaton potential 20 . As well-known, we also need to add the surface terms 10 to the bulk action in order to have well-defined variational principle. At the moment, for the purpose of calculation of Weyl anomaly (via AdS/CFT correspondence) the surface terms are irrelevant. We choose the metric GM„ on M^+i and the metric #M„ on M& in the following form ds2 = G^dx^dx"
d I2 . . 2 = —p~ dpdp + V , <7ijda;Ma;J , 4
§ij = p~lgij
•
(2)
»=i
Here / is related with A2 by 4A2 = d(d — I)/I2. If gij = %•, the boundary of AdS lies at p = 0. We follow to method of calculation of conformal anomaly as it was done in refs. 21 ' 22 where dilatonic gravity with constant dilaton potential has been considered. The action (1) diverges in general since it contains the infinite volume integration on Ma+i • The action is regularized by introducing the infrared cutoff e and replacing / dd+1x -»• / d d x Je dp, JMd ddx(- • • ) - > / ddx (• • • j
We 2
also expand g^ and <j> with respect to p: g^ = g(o)ij + P9(i)%j + P 9(2)ij + ' • •> (j) = >(0) + p4>(i) + p2<j>(2) + • • •• Then the action is also expanded as a power series on e. The subtraction of the terms proportional to the inverse power of e does not break the invariance under the scale transformation Sg^u = 26agfil/ and 5e = 2<5
143
term under the scale transformation is finite when e —> 0 and should be canceled by the variation of the finite term (which does not depend on e) in the action since the original action (1) is invariant under the scale transformation. Therefore the In e term S\n gives the Weyl anomaly T of the action renormalized by the subtraction of the terms which diverge when e —• 0 (d = 4)
Sin = -±Jdix^T.
(3)
The conformal anomaly can be also obtained from the surface counterterms, which is discussed in Section 3. For d = 4, by solving g{1)ij, g{2)ij, 0 ( 1 ) and 0(2) with respect to g ^ , (/>(o) and by using the equations of motion, we obtain the following expression for the anomaly: T = --?—
87rG
{hxR2 + h2RijRij
+ h3Ri]drfdjtp
+ h4Rgijdi
+h5-jLdi(V=99ijdj) + W ' f t W ) 2 +h7 ( - L c ^ v ^ S ^ ) ) +hsgkldk(j>dl) (4) '-9
/
V-9
Here /ii = [3 {(24 - 10$)$' 6 + (62208 + 22464$ + 2196$ 2 + 7 2 $ 3 + $ 4 ) $ " ( $ " + 8 V)2 + 2$' 4 {(108 + 162$ + 7 $ 2 ) $ " +72 ( - 8 + 14$ + $ 2 ) V } - 2$' 2 {(6912 + 2736$ + 192$ 2 + $ 3 ) $ " 2 +4(11232 + 6156$ + 552$ 2 + 13$ 3 )$"V + 32 ( - 2592 + 468$ + 96$ 2 +5$3)V2}
- 3 ( - 2 4 + $)(6 + $ ) 2 $ ' 3 ( $ ' " + 8V')\]
I
[l6(6 + $ ) 2 { - 2 $ ' 2 + (24 + $ ) $ " } {-2$' 2 + (18 + $ ) ( $ " + %V)f 3 {(12 - 5 $ ) $ ' 2 + (288 + 72 $ + $ 2 ) $ " }
^ =~
, L„2 +. (24 ,„, +. ^ 8„„ ( 6 +. $^2 ) 2 {-2$' $ ) $„" }
'
(5)
and V{4>) = X(<j)) - Y'(4>). The explicit forms of h3, • • • h$ are given in 48 . This expression which should describe dual d4 QFT of QCD type, with broken SUSY looks really complicated. The interesting remark is that Weyl anomaly is not integrable in general. In other words, it is impossible to construct the anomaly induced action. This is not strange, as it is usual situation for conformal anomaly when radiative corrections are taken into account.
144
In case of the dilaton gravity in 21 corresponding to $ = 0 (or more generally in case that the axion is included 24 as in 2 2 ) , we have the following expression: /3 T=
8^G
r
J
j
M
dix
V-9(o)
[g-R(0)ij#(o) - ^4^(0)
2
+4 |
r —
d
i ( ^ - 5 ( 0 ) ^ 0 ) ^ ^ ( 0 ) ) \ + 3 (5(o)^V(o)5^(o))
.(6)
Here ip can be regarded as dilaton. In the limit of $ —> 0, if one chooses V = — 2 and makes AdS/CFT identification of SG parameters one finds that the standard result (conformal anomaly of Af = 4 super YM theory covariantly coupled with Af = 4 conformal supergravity 2 5 ) in (6) is reproduced 21>41. We should also note that the expression (4) cannot be rewritten as a sum of the Gauss-Bonnet invariant G and the square of the Weyl tensor F, which are given as G = R2 - 4RijRij + RijkiRijkl, F = \R2 - 2RijRii + RijklR^kl. This is the signal that the conformal symmetry is broken already in classical theory. When ) = ae 6 *, (|a| C 1), we find _ ai
1
1 a2
~ ~a2 ~ T&G ' 8 ' 36 '
1 a3
a2
(
5
b2
\
~ ~&G ' 24 ' I," 162 + 576yJ '
(?)
Here V should be arbitrary but constant. We should note $(0) 7^ 0. One can absorb the difference into the redefinition of / since we need not to assume $(0) = 0 in deriving the form of hi and hi- Hence, this simple example suggests the way of comparison between SG side and QFT descriptions of non-conformal boundary theory. Let us discuss the properties of conformal anomaly. In order that the region near the boundary at p = 0 is asymptotically AdS, we need to require $ - • 0 and $ ' ->• 0 when p -> 0. One can also confirm that hi -> ^ and
145
hi -¥ - § in the limit of $ ->• 0 and $ ' -> 0 even if $ " ^ 0 and $'" ^ 0. In the AdS/CFT correspondence, hi and h2 are related with the central charge c of the conformal field theory (or its analog for non-conformal theory). Since we have two functions hi and h2, there are two ways to define the candidate c-function when the conformal field theory is deformed: 24-rrhi ci = — £ — .
c
8irh2 2 =
Q-
•
... (8)
If we put V() - 4A2 + $(0), then / = ( v^y) 2 • One should note that it is chosen / = 1 in (8). We can restore I by changing h —> l3h and k —» Z3A; and $' -» /*', $ " -> Z 2 $" and *'" -> / 3 $ ' " in (4). Then in the limit of $ -» 0, 3
one gets ci, c2 —> ^ ( y£pr J , which agrees with the proposal of the previous work 28 in the limit. The c-function ci or c2 in (8) is, of course, more general definition. It is interesting to study the behaviour of candidate c-function for explicit values of dilatonic potential at different limits. It also could be interesting to see what is the analogue of our dilaton-dependent c-function in non-commutative YM theory (without dilaton, see 2 9 ) . The definitions of the c-functions in (8), are, however, not always good ones since our results are too wide. They quickly become non-monotonic and even singular in explicit examples. They presumbly measure the deviations from SG description and should not be taken seriously. As pointed in 3 3 , it might be necessary to impose the condition $' = 0 on the conformal boundary. Such condition follows from the equations of motion of d5 gauged SG. Anyway as $' = 0 on the boundary in the solution which has the asymptotic AdS region, we can add any function which proportional to the power of $ ' = 0 to the previous expressions of the c-functions in (8). As a trial, if we put $ ' = 0, we obtain 3TT 288 + 72$ + $ 2 l = 2 = ' G (6 + $) 2 (24 + $) (9) instead of (8). We should note that there disappear the higher derivative terms like $ " or 4>'". That will be our final proposal for acceptable c-function in terms of dilatonic potential. The given c-functions in (9) reproduce the known result for the central charge on the boundary. Since ^ j —> 0 in the asymptotically AdS region even if the region is UV or IR, the given c-functions in (9) have fixed points in the asymptotic AdS region jfy = ^ ^ ^ j -> 0, C
2TT 62208 + 22464$ + 2196* 2 + 72$ 3 + $ 4 TP, to , ^o,2nA *\,-.n 3G (6 + $) (24 +, $)(18 +. <^3>) '>
c
where U = p~? is the radius coordinate in AdS or the energy scale of the boundary field theory.
146
We can now check the monotonity in the c-functions. For this purpose, we consider some examples in 6 and 7 , where V = — 2. In the classical solutions for the both cases, <j> is the monotonically decreasing function of the energy scale U — p~i and = 0 at the UV limit corresponding to the boundary. Then in order to know the energy scale dependences of Ci and c-i, we only need to investigate the dependences of c\ and c2 in (9). The potentials in 6 and 7 , and also $ have a minimum $ = 0 at \, we only need to check the monotonities of c\ and c2 with respect to $ when $ > 0. From (9), we find ^ i l , ^p^1 < 0. Therefore the c-functions c\ and c2 are monotonically decreasing functions of 4> or increasings function of the energy scale U as the c-function in 4 ' 7 . We should also note that the c-functions c\ and c2 are positive definite for non-negative $ . In 2 8 , another c-function has been proposed in terms of the metric as follows:
CGPPZ =
(S) 3 '
(10)
where the metric is given by ds2 = dz2 + e2Adxtldx^L. The c-function (10) is positive and has a fixed point in the asymptotically AdS region again and the c-function is also monotonically increasing function of the energy scale. The c-functions (9) proposed in 23,48 are given in terms of the dilaton potential, not in terms of metric, but it might be interesting that the c-functions in (9) have the similar properties (positivity, monotonity and fixed point in the asymptotically AdS region). These properties could be understood from the equations of motion. We can also consider other examples of c-function for different choices of dilatonic potential. In 30 , several examples of the potentials in gauged supergravity are given. They appeared as a result of sphere reduction in Mtheory or string theory, down to three or five dimensions. We find, however, that the proposed c-functions have not acceptable behaviour for the potentials in 30 . The problem seems to be that the solutions in above models have not asymptotic AdS region in UV but in IR. On the same time the conformal anomaly in (4) is evaluated as UV effect. If we assume that $ in the expression of c-functions c\ and c^ vanishes at IR AdS region, $ becomes negative. When $ is negative, the properties of the c-functions c\ and c-i become bad, they are not monotonic nor positive, and furthermore they have a singularity in the region given by the solutions in 30 . Thus, for such type of potential other proposal for c-function which is not related with conformal nomaly should be
147
made. Hence, we discussed the holografic Weyl anomaly from SG side and typical behaviour of candidate c-functions. However, it is not completely clear which role should play dilaton in above expressions as holographic RG coupling constant in dual QFT. It could be induced mass, quantum fields or coupling constants (most probably, gauge coupling), but the explicit rule with what it should be identified is absent. The big number of usual RG parameters in dual QFT suggests also that there should be considered gauged SG with few scalars. 3
Surface Counterterms and Finite Action
Let us turn now to discussion of of surface counterterms which are also connected with holografic Weyl anomaly. As well-known, we need to add the surface terms to the bulk action in order to have the well-defined variational principle. Under the variation over the metric G"*" and the scalar field , the variation of the action (1) SS = SSMd+i + ^ M j is given by
+ (X{cj>) - ¥'{>)) (V0) 2 + $(») + 4A 2 } + Ra + (X(4>) - Y'{4>))
d^tf}
2
+^{(x'()-Y'{<j>))dvcj> SSMd = Y^Q j ddxyf^n^
[&> (Giv6G^)
(11) - Dv ( « ? " " ) + ¥{)&> (5
Here g^ is the metric induced from GM1/ and nM is the unit vector normal to Mi. The surface term SSM* of the variation contains nM<9M and n^dfj, (8o JM ddx\[^-g \5&" {•••}+ 8(f) {•••}] after using the partial integration. If we put {• • •} = 0 for {• • •}, one could obtain the boundary condition corresponding to Neumann boundary condition. We can, of course, select Dirichlet boundary condition by choosing S&" = & = 0, which is natural for AdS/CFT correspondence. The Neumann type condition becomes, however, necessary later when we consider the black
148
hole mass etc. by using surface terms. If the variation of the action on the boundary contains n^d^ or n^dn {5<j)), however, we cannot partially integrate it on the boundary since nM expresses the direction perpendicular to the boundary. Therefore the "minimum" of the action is ambiguous. Such a problem was well studied in 10 for the Einstein gravity and the boundary term was added to the action. It cancels the term containing n^d^ We need to cancel also the term containing n^d^ (Sep). Then one finds the boundary term 21 S{b1] = - g ^ G /
ddx^g[D^
+ Y{<j>)ntid») .
(12)
We also need to add surface counterterm 5£ ' which cancels the divergence coming from the infinite volume of the bulk space, say AdS. In order to investigate the divergence, we choose the metric in the form (2). In the parametrization (2), nM and the curvature R are given by
«"={'¥,<>,..
^-n^nkln'
n', - *£&&'.'.
-
£.&&
(13) Here R is the scalar curvature defined by g^ in (2). Expanding gij and <j> with respect to p, we find the following expression for 5 + 5,( i ) .
S+
^
I, =
iSGft/^'^ +P\ - JZ^R(°)
~2d
•9(0)
- J2«(o)0(iW - JZ^
! * ^
( X ^ ( ° ) ) (V(o)0
(14)
\ + [m
(15)
+r(0(o))A^ O ) + *'(0 ( o))0(i) )>+0 Then for d = 2 :(2)
16TTG J
ddx^-g
and for d = 3,4,
!p)--L-[a'x\y/ZEl™^2
+ d-2
+
JL-R- d{d21- 2);*(0) (16)
149
Note that the last term in above expression does not look typical from the AdS/CFT point of view. The reason is that it does not depend from only the boundary values of the fields. Its presence may indicate to breaking of AdS/CFT conjecture in the situations when SUGRA scalars significally deviate from constants or are not asymptotic constants. Thus we got the boundary counterterm action for gauged SG. Using these local surface counterterms as part of complete action one can show explicitly that bosonic sector of gauged SG in dimensions under discussion gives finite action in asymptotically AdS space. The corresponding example will be given in below. Let us turn now to the discussion of deep connection between surface counterterms and holographic conformal anomaly. It is enough to mention only d = 4. In order to control the logarithmically divergent terms in the bulk action S, we choose d — 4 = e < 0. Then S + Sb = 7Sin + finite terms. Here S\n is given in (3). We also find g^j&j-Sin = - f £ l n + O (e 2 ). Here £ l n is the Lagrangian density corresponding to 5i n : S\n = Jdd+1C\n. obtain the following expression of the trace anomaly:
r=lim
Then we
JfL^+5^^ 1
«-"- y/=m
2
6g?0)
which is identical with the result found in (3). We should note that the last term in (16) does not lead to any ambiguity in the calculation of conformal anomaly since <7(o) does not depend on p. If we use the equations of motion, we finally obtain the expression (4). Hence, we found the finite gravitational action (for asymptotically AdS spaces) in 5 dimensions by adding the local surface counterterm. This action correctly reproduces holographic trace anomaly for dual (gauge) theory. In principle, one can also generalize all results for higher dimensions, say, d6, etc. With the growth of dimension, the technical problems become more and more complicated as the number of structures in boundary term is increasing. Let us consider the black hole or "throat" type solution for the equations of the motion when d = 4. The surface term (16) may be used for calculation of the finite black hole mass and/or other thermodynamical quantities. For simplicity, we choose X(<j>) = a (constant), Y(
ds2 = -e2"dt2
+ e2°dr2 + r2 £
(dx1)2
(18)
150
and p, a and (p depend only on r. We now define new variables U and VbyU — &P+", V = r V - 0 ' . When $(0) = $'(0) = <j> = 0, a solution corresponding 4
to the throat limit of D3-brane is given by U = 1, V = Vo = JT — fJ- In the following, we use large r expansion and consider the perturbation around this solution. Then we obtain, when r is large or c is small, one gets U = 1 + c2u ,
u = u0 + ^-r~213 6
,
" = w . . »=».- 6( /_V_ 2) r ' M+ ^ <19> Here uo and VQ are constants of the integration. Here we choose VQ = UQ = 0. The horizon which is defined by V = 0 lies at r = r
^
/ 2
4 + C
^
24(^-4)/-2)
<M>
'
Hawking temperature is l_dV_ 4w r2 dr
1 l\,_3 i < 4/
4
4*\ '
2/i(^-6)(2/3-3),i_0
2 /J,4 4 - C L-1—
M +C
'-^S.
i/2
6(/?-4)(/?-2)'
i_el
P//4
M
2 ^
J'
(21) We now evaluate the free energy of the black hole within the standard prescription 31>32. The free energy F can be obtained by substituting the classical solution into the action S: F = TS. Here T is the Hawking temperature. Since we have 0 = | ($(>) + )f) + R + a (Vcj>)2 by using the equations of motion, we find the following expression of the action (1) after Wick-rotating it to the Euclid signature 16TTG
\j
d5VG ($(>)+
1 2V(3, r°° , ,„/,,., 12 JC°drr3uU(cl>) + ~) 167TG ' 3 T Jrh
.
(22)
Here V(3) is the volume of the 3d space ( / d5x • • • = /?V(3) / drr 3 • • •) and /? is the period of time, which can be regarded as the inverse of the temperature T (^). The expression (22) contains the divergence. We regularize the divergence by replacing f°° dr —> J r m a x dr and subtract the contribution from a zero temperature solution, where we choose \i = c = 0, and the solution corresponds to the vacuum or pure AdS:
s°=^HW''^::rV>^
<»
151
The factor /G"{r-r^x^-c-o)
ig c n o s e n s o
that the proper length of the circles
which correspond to the period ^ in the Euclid time at r m a x coincides with each other in the two solutions. Then we find the following expression for the free energy F = l i m ^ ^ o o T (S - S0), F =
V((3)
'V
2TTG12T2
2 i1-- a2 - / (0-1) A» /M 12/9(/9 - 4)(/9 - 2)
(24)
+
Here we assume /9 > 2 or the expression S - So still contains the divergences and we cannot get finite results. However, the inequality /9 > 2 is not always satisfied in the gauged supergravity models. In that case the expression in (24) would not be valid. One can express the free energy F in (24) in terms of the temperature T instead of /J,: V,( 3 )
-TTT4/6
16TTG
+
c2l*-i0T4-Wji
2/33 - 15/92 + 2 2 0 - 4 60O9-4)(/9-2)
+
(25) Then the entropy S = - 4£ and the energy (mass) E = F + TS is given by Vi(3) 16-KG
E =
V(t 3 ) IGTTG
4TTT316 +
M-WTt-Wji
20 3 - 15/92 + 2 2 / 9 - 4 3/9(/9 - 4)
+ ••
STrT^ + c 2 / 8 - 4 ^ ^ 4 ) 1 " ^
{2(3 - 3)(2/93 - 15/92 + 220 - 4) 6/9(/9-4)(/9-2)
+ ••
(26)
We now evaluate the mass using the surface term of the action in (16), i.e. within local surface counterterm method. The surface energy momentum tensor TV, is now defined by6 6St2) = 16TTG b
S does not contribute due to the equation of motion in the bulk. The variation of S + Sj gives a contribution proportional to the extrinsic curvature 6ij at the boundary: 8 [S + Sj ' ) = ^~^, (9ij — 8gij)5g'^. The contribution is finite even in the limit of r —> oo. Then the finite part does not depend on the parameters characterizing the black hole. Therefore after subtracting the contribution from the reference metric, which could be that of AdS, the contribution from the variation of S + S[ vanishes.
152
+^(^))} + ^n^{v
C
?^J'5i^W}
•
(27)
Note that the energy-momentum tensor is still not well-defined due to the term containing nM9M. If we assume Sg1* ~ O(pai) for large p when we choose the coordinate system (2), then nM3M (Sg**-) ~ jSg** (a\ + dp) (•)• Or if Sg1* ~ O (ra2) for large r when we choose the coordinate system (18), then nM9M (6gij-) ~ 5gijea ( ^ + 0 r ) (•)• As we consider the black hole-like object in this section, one chooses the coordinate system (18). Then mass E of the black hole like object is given by E=
(28)
fdt-ixy/ZNSTttiu*)'
Here we assume the metric of the reference spacetime (e.g. AdS) has the form of ds2 = f(r)dr2 - N2(r)dt2 + £ ? 7 ^ a^dx^x^ and 5TU is the difference of the (t, t) component of the energy-momentum tensor in the spacetime with black hole like object from that in the reference spacetime, which we choose to be AdS, and ul is the t component of the unit time-like vector normal to the hypersurface given by t =constant. By using the solution in (19), the (t, t) component of the energy-momentum tensor in (27) has the following form: l3V L Tu = IGTTGI3 1 - -T r4 + 0-6 6(/9-4)G!3-2) 3r
l2fic2 ( 1 1 2 ' r ? \12 6/3(/?-6) ( 3 - / 3 ) ( l + a2) 12 J +'"J "
(29)
If we assume the mass is finite, /3 should satisfy the inequality /? > 2, as in the case of the free energy in (24) since y/aN (u*) = lr2 for the reference AdS space. Then the ^-dependent term in (29) does not contribute to the mass and one gets E — ~^§- and using (21) _ 3*%)7rr* r _ tj
~
16TTG
i
1
* y - 6 )(2/? - 3) l Cfl1
[nl
>
(/3-4)(/3-2) /
'
[M)
which does not agree with the result in (26). This might express the ambiguity in the choice of the regularization to make the finite action. A possible origin of it might be following. We assumed <j) can be expanded in the (integer) power series of p when deriving the surface terms in (16). However, this assumption seems to conflict with the classical solution, where the fractional power seems to appear since r 2 ~ | . In any case, in QFT there is no problem in regularization dependence of the results. In many cases (see example in ref.17) the explicit choice of free parameters of regularization leads to coincidence of
153
the answers which look different in different regularizations. As usually happens in QFT the renormalization is more universal as the same answers for beta-functions may be obtained while using different regularizations. That suggests that holographic renormalization group should be developed and the predictions of above calculations should be tested in it. As in the case of the c-function, we might drop the terms containing $ ' in the expression of S^ ' in (16) but the result of the mass E in (30) does not change. 4
Comparison with other counterterm schemes and holografic RG
In this section we compare the surface counterterms and the trace anomaly obtained here with those in ref.34 (flat 4d case) and give generalization for 4d curved space. We start with the following action:
S= ^ ~ 8^G /
J dhx\[^6 (R - IguG^d^d^ d4x
^9(D^
- V(0))
+ Lct) •
(31)
Here we choose V((f>) = — 1 | and nM is given by n** = (1,0, • • •, 0), where the first component corresponds to r-component. As an extension of 39,34 , one takes the following metric: ds2 = dr2 + e2A{r)gijdxidxi
.
(32)
Here glj is the metric of the Einstein manifold, where Ricci tensor Rij given by glj satisfies the following condition: Rij = k9ij ,
(33)
where A; is a constant. The equations of motion from varying (31) with respect to the metric lead to the following form instead of (8),(9) in 3 4 . d2A 1 dtf dJ k 2A 2 dr 6y'J dr dr 3 J dA\2 1 1 dJ k 2 + 9lJ IT =n+7T,9iJ~-~ dr) ~ I 2$ dr dr + ' 3^ -
iV - - —
2A 2 A
.
(35)
154
If -^r is not zero, we can treat A' = ^A and 4>" E ^ a s functions of
(36)
If we assume the solution of (36) in the following form: ^ - = f(4>K ,A)gIJ we obtain f {>", A)gu
dA' dA' 1 K~ 2„2IJ rjdA'dA' 1 J ~ -^f{4> ,A) g &4) dcj) dcp1 d(f>J
k 2A »~2A 36
||y, (37)
which can be solved with respect to f(4>K,A): f(cf>K,A) = -3±
, 9 -
2ke~2A
(38)
a A1' nr.jdA> y 7)471)47
Then we find dr
=
2ke-2A
-3±4/9-
nKL
JJ
dA'
dA'
(39)
dAL
In ± sign in (39), the — sign reproduces the result in 34 when k = 0. We should note that (j)1 can be regarded as a coupling constant associated with the operator 0 j , J d4xcj)IOi, from the AdS/CFT correspondence. Since In A can be also regarded as a logarithm of the scale, the ^-function could be given by
j = dtf_ = l_d£_ P
~ dA
2ke~2A \ jjd ^KT. 9A1 dA' j 9
-3±4/9-
A' dr
84>K
(In
A') 1
dip
84>L
(40)
First, we recall the surface terms:
Ss.t = - ^
d4x^g- (D^
I
+ Lc.t) (41)
and varying these terms with respect to the boundary metric gij one gets 1 SS -g SgV 1
surface term
f
i
+V ki kl
1
SSs.t " ,
" 1x
x1
"
9i
-- >
T
Lct +
^
L c t
\
JgWf
(42)
155
One can take Lc.t as in
34
, Let = T
1-
(43)
T^R
12
where Rg — gtJRgij = g13 Rij = 4ke~2A(r\ We denote 4 dimensional curvatures given by g^ and its derivatives with respect to xl by the suffix g. Then the variation of Rg with respect to the boundary metric g%3 is given by 8Lc.t _ 6gij
Here as
_[D
(44)
•. = - i * e - " M f t , + . . .
AHgij
~
expresses total derivative terms. And the equation (42) is rewritten 1 SS r^g 6gv 1 =
~8^rG
+ surface term
B
^9ij9
1 6S,.t r=g Sg'i
jw,
9kl,r +
I ^9ij,r
ke-W-
9ij
-!*(!-£•«.-"<«
(45)
Since one can regard g^ as metric of the 4 dimensional spacetime where the field theory lives, we could define trace anomaly by T =
2 2eiA
-a 6S „ 6S
-a3—-
'-9 ~
Sgv
2
..iSSs.t
+ V-9=z9' Sgij surface term 2e4A _ sss.t
(46)
f=g-y' 8gV
surface term
Then a4A
T = -f—
i -6A' + lke~2A^
- ^
(47)
}•
We now compare the above result with the one given in this report. The solution of the Einstein equations where the boundary has constant curvature is given in 4 4 . When the scalar fields vanish, the solution is given by
ds2 = f(y)dy2 +yJ2
kji^Wdx3
, / =
—^ .
(48)
Here the boundary lies at y -> oo. If we change the coordinate by z = f fy , , , the metric in (48) can be rewritten in the form of (32), where i + 3— 2vy]i->V
156
y(z).
Then the anomaly T in (47) is y2
T=
kl2
6
-4^{-yV
1+
Ik
6 1
+
(49)
¥ ^-7/-
On the boundary, where y -t oo, T has the finite value:
On the other hand, if we use the previous expression (6) of the trace anomaly T with constant
which is identical with (50). Thus, holografic RG consideration gives the same conformal anomaly as in second section. For simplicity, one can consider the case that the boundary is flat and the metric g^ in (2) on the boundary is given by gij = F(p)t]ij. We also assume the dilaton (p). This is exactly the case of ref.34. Then the conformal anomaly (4) vanishes on such background. Let us demonstrate that our discussion is consistent with results of ref.34. 34 In , the following counterterms scheme is proposed
?(2) -
1
f *- r ^ f 6 » W ,
i
instead of (16). Here u is obtained in terms of this paper as follows: u()2 = 1 + Y2 $(>). Then based on the counter terms in (52), the following expression of the trace anomaly is given in 34 :
r
=dbi ( - 2B - tt) -
(53)
Here B = pdpA. The above trace anomaly was evaluated for fixed but finite p. If the boundary is asymptotically AdS, F goes to a constant F —• F0 (F0: a constant). Then, we find the behaviors of A and B as A —»• | In ^k, £? —> — | . Then from (39), we find > becomes a constant. Since we have the following equation of the motion 48 0
I2 (=, , , 12\ w + +
= -v r
v)
3 . 3 ,„ „ 2 + {dpF)
7
**
6
n
dpF
„
~P~p ~2
1 {dp
'
(54)
157
one gets
=\/1 + S $ W "* 1 •
u
(55)
Since B —> — | , this tells that the trace anomaly (53) vanishes on the boundary. Thus, we demonstrated that trace anomaly of 34 vanishes in the UV limit what is expected also from AdS/CFT correspondence. We should note that the trace anomaly (4) is evaluated on the boundary, i.e., in the UV limit. We evaluated the anomaly by expandind the action in the power series of the infrared cutoff e and subtracting the divergent terms in the limit of e —> 0. If we evaluate the anomaly for finite p as in 34 , the terms with positive power of e in the expansion do not vanish and we would obtain non-vanishing trace anomaly in general. Thus, the trace anomaly obtained in this paper does not not have any contradiction with that in 34 ,i.e. with holografic RG. 5
Dilatonic brane-world inflation induced by quantum effects: Constant bulk potential
In this section we consider brane-world solutions in d5 dilatonic gravity following ref.49 when brane CFT is present. We start with Euclidean signature for the action S which is the sum of the Einstein-Hilbert action SEH with kinetic term for dilaton , the Gibbons-Hawking surface term 5GH , the surface counter term S\ and the trace anomaly induced action Wc: S =
SEH
+
SQH
+ 2Si + W,
(56) 12N
5EH =
16^G /
5GH =
8^G /
d 5 x
^^
(RW ~ \V»yfl(t> +
d4x
^WV"""'
4 » = - 8irGl : " fd x^g^,
W
= b f d4x^FA
(58) (59)
+ b' J <£xv^ \A [2D2 + £M„VMV„
-\R&+ \{V»R)V» A+fG-^DR^A] 3 3V c
For the introduction to anomaly induced effective action in curved space-time (with torsion), see section 5.5 in 4 0 .
158
~h {b" + \{b + b>)} \^x^ +C f d*xA^
[* - 6°A - 6(VMA)(VM)]
a2 + 2ivvMv„ - ^R& + i(v"i?)v„
<£ .
(60)
Here the quantities in the 5 dimensional bulk spacetime are specified by the suffices (5) and those in the boundary 4 dimensional spacetime are specified by (4). The factor 2 in front of Si in (56) is coming from that we have two bulk regions which are connected with each other by the brane. In (58), nM is the unit vector normal to the boundary. In (60), one chooses the 4 dimensional boundary metric as ff(*W
= Q2A
( 61 )
9W
and we specify the quantities given by g^v by using ". G (G) and F (F) are the Gauss-Bonnet invariant and the square of the Weyl tensor. In the brane effective action (60), we consider the case corresponding to M = 4 SU(N) Yang-Mills theory, where 41 , b = -b' = § = f j ^ ? . The dilaton field <j> which appears from the coupling with extended conformal supergravity is in general complex but we consider the case in which only the real part of <j> is non-zero. Adopting AdS/CFT correspondence one can argue that in symmetric phase the quantum brane matter appears due to maximally SUSY Yang-Mills theory as above. Note that there is a kinetic term for the dilaton in the classical bulk action but also there is dilatonic contribution to the anomaly induced effective action W. Here, it appears the difference with the correspondent construction in ref.42 where there was no dilaton. In the bulk, the solution of the equations of motion is given in 4 4 , as follows
ds2 = f(y)dy2 + y £
g^x^dx'dx^
,
f =
= / dy
2
-y ,
VA (l + sfa + # ) d(d - 1)
+2
/ ^ " ^ 2
2>J =
\J V A (l + ^
+# ) '
(62)
Here A2 = j£ and §ij is the metric of the Einstein manifold, which is defined by nj = kgij, where r^ is the Ricci tensor constructed with (jij and k is a constant. We should note that there is a curvature singularity at y = 0 44 . The solution with non-trivial dilaton would presumbly correspond to the deformation of the vacuum (which is associated with the dimension 4 operator, say trF 2 ) in the dual maximally SUSY Yang-Mills theory.
159
If one defines a new coordinate z by z=
d{d l)
dy
2
\
~
(63)
VA (l + afc + ^]
and solves y with respect to z, we obtain the warp factor e2A(z'k*> = y(z). Here one assumes the metric of 5 dimensional space time as follows: ds2 = dz2 + e2A{s'cr)gfU/dx'idx,/
,
g^dx^dx"
= I2 (da2 + dn23) .
(64)
Here d£l\ corresponds to the metric of 3 dimensional unit sphere. Then we find A(z, a) = A(z, k = 3) — In cosh a, for unit sphere (k = 3) (65) A(z, a) = A(z, k = 0) + a, for flat Euclidean space (k = 0) (66) A(z,a) = A(z,k = —3) — lnsinher, for unit hyperboloid (k = —3) . (67) We now identify A and g in (64) with those in (61). Then we find F = G = 0, R= fi etc. According to the assumption in (64), the actions in (57), (58), (59), and (60) have the following forms:
SEH = { ^
J dzda {(~&d2A - 20(dzA)2) eiA + (-6%A - 6(daA)2
+6)e2A
Son = - ^
W = V3fda
_ | e "(0,fl a - ^2\dA)2
+^ }
,
(68)
J dae4AdzA,
(69)
[b'A (2%A - 802aA) - 2(6 + b') (l - 8% A -
+CA4>{dU-4d2atp)]
{daA)2f
.
(71) 2
Here V3 is the volume or area of the unit 3 sphere: V3 = 2n . On the brane at the boundary, one gets the following equations Q
- ^ G ( ^ - } ) ^
A
+
b'(AdiA-16d2aA)
-4(6 + 6') (%A + 2dlA - 6(d„A)2dlA)
+ 2(7 (%> - 4d2cf>) , (72)
160
from the variation over A and 0 = -^4Adz4>
+ C{A {dt<j> - 4 ^ 0 ) + d$(A)} ,
(73)
from the variation over <j>. We should note that the contributions from 5EH and Son are twice from the naive values since we have two bulk regions which are connected with each other by the brane. The equations (72) and (73) do not depend on k, that is, they are correct for any of the sphere, hyperboloid, or flat Euclidean space. The k dependence appears when the bulk solutions are substituted. Substituting the bulk solution given by (62), (63) and (65), (66) or (67) into (72) and (73), one obtains 1 +
O =-
1 2 8b — 32/o ++ 2^A4 ^ )y o+ '>
^ + 6C0o.
(74) (75)
Here we assume the brane lies at y = j/o and the dilaton takes a constant value there 0:
(76)
+> = *kc-
Note that eq.(74) does not depend on b and C. Eq.(75) determines the value of 4>Q. That might be interesting since the vacuum expectation value of the dilaton cannot be determined perturbatively in string theory. Of course, (76) contains the parameter c, which indicates the non-triviality of the dilaton. The parameter c, however, can be determined from (74). Hence, in such scenario one gets a dynamical mechanism to determine of dilaton on the boundary (in our observable world). The effective tension of the domain wall is given by 3 n ,
^
3
/
= ^GdyA=^Glf+3y-o
kl2
Pc2 +
Wo-
(7?)
One should note that the radial (z) component of the geodesic equation in the metric (64) is given by ^ ^ 4- dzAe2A time and we can normalize e2A (7^7)
( ^ r ) = 0 . Here r is the proper
= 1 and obtain ^ £ + dzA = 0. Since
the cosmological constant on the brane is given by j | ^ ,
161
As in 3 , defining the radius R of the brane as R? = yo, we can rewrite (74) as
1+
^ + ii|- 1 ) fi4 + 8t'-
(78)
Especially when the dilaton vanishes (c = 0) and the brane is the unit sphere (k = 3), the equation (78) reproduces the result of ref.37 for TV = 4 SU(N) super Yang-Mills theory in case of the large N limit where b' -> - jr^rj • R3
I
73-V
1+
GN2
R? R* +
(?9)
^ = -F 8^--
Let us define a function F(R, c) as
^ ! s/ i t ffi t ffl- i r
(8o)
It appears in the r.h.s. in (78). First we consider the k > 0 case. Since d {In F(R,c)) dR
_1( f ~ R\y
~W_ l2c2 ZR2 + 24R*
\ j
1
/ / \V
kl2 l2c2 \ ZR? + 24i?8 j
2 1 2 k2l4 2l2c2\ (A kl ki2AA F r kP ki2 W^\ ^ " V 1 (f8kl + 4 1+ + V 3 ^ 2i^ "(w+lF-lWr)-
(81)
F(R, c) has a minimum at R = R0, where RQ is defined by 0 = §^5- + ^ — 2
j^-- When k > 0, there is only one solution for RQ. Therefore F(R, c) in the case of k > 0 (sphere case) is a monotonically increasing function of R when R > Ro and a decreasing function when i? < RQ. Since F(R,c) is clearly a monotonically increasing function of c, we find for k > 0 and 6' < 0 case that i? decreases when c increases if i? > Ro, that is, the non-trivial dilaton makes the radius smaller. Then, since 1/.R corresponds to the rate of the inflation of the universe, when we Wick-rotate the sphere into the inflationary universe, the large dilaton supports the rapid universe expansion. Hence, we showed that quantum CFT living on the domain wall leads to the creation of inflationary dilatonic 4d de Sitter-brane Universe realized within 5d AdS bulk spaced Of course, such ever expanding inflationary brane-world is understood d
Such brane-world quantum inflation for the case of constant dilaton has been presented in refs. 3 8 , 3 7 , 4 2 . In the usual 4d world the anomaly induced inflation has been suggested in ref.43 (no dilaton) and in ref.46 when a non-constant dilaton is present.
162
in a sense of the analytical continuation of 4d sphere to Lorentzian signature. It would be interesting to understand the relation between such inflationary brane-world and inflation in D-branes, for example, of Hagedorn type 47 . Since one finds F(R0,c) = j£§, Eq.(78) has a solution if ^ < -86'. That puts again some bounds to the dilaton value. When \c\ is small, one obtains i?4, ~ jjjip, F{Ro,c) ~ J ^ Q ^ - Therefore Eq.(78) is satisfied for small 2
\c\. On the other hand, when c is large, we get RQ ~ f^, F(Ro,c) ~ (fc|cD? . 43
KG
Therefore Eq.(78) is not always satisfied and we have no solution for R in (78) for very large \c\. Then the existence of the inflationary Universe gives a restriction on the value of c, which characterizes the behavior of the dilaton. We now consider the k < 0 case. When c = 0, there is no solution for R in (78). Let us define another function G(R,c) as follows: /2 2
h.]2
Since G(R, c) appears in the root of F(R, c) in (80), G(R, c) must be positive. Then ^ g £ l = _ ^ _ |W^ G(R,c) has a minimum 1 + *£ ( —f#)* when R6 = — f j . Therefore if c2 > ^ - , F(R,c) is real for any positive value of R. Since F(0,c) = ^ J j ^ , and when i? -»• oo, F(i?,c) -^ | ^ < 0, there is a solution R in (78) if J^U- > -86'. If we Wick-rotate the solution corresponding to hyperboloid, we obtain a 4 dimensional AdS space, whose metric is given by rfs
Ls4
=
dz2
+ e ^ {-M2 + dx2 + dy2) .
(83)
Then there is such kind of solution due to the quantum effect if the parameter c characterizing the behavior of the dilaton is large enough. Thus we demonstrated that due to the dilaton presence there is the possibility of quantum creation of a 4d hyperbolic wall Universe. Again, some bounds to the dilaton appear. It is remarkable that hyperbolic brane-world occurs even for usual matter content due to the dilaton. One can compare with the case in ref.42 where a hyperbolic 4d wall could be realized only for higher derivative conformal scalar. In summary, in this section for constant bulk potential, we presented the nice realization of quantum creation of 4d de Sitter or 4d hyperbolic brane Universes living in 5d AdS space. The quantum dynamical determination of dilaton value is also remarkable.
163
One can consider the case that the dilaton field <j> has a non-trivial potential:
f
-> V{<j>) = f + $(>) .
(84)
The surface counter terms when the dilaton field <j> has a non-trivial potential are given in (16), which we write in the following form:
S<2) = Sf + St
- jV,4)* • VmA - ^n"9 ( ^ 5 M * ( « ) } •
(85)
Following the argument in 37 , if one replaces | | in (57) and S\ in (56) with V{<j>) in (84) and Sf in (85), we obtain the gravity on the brane induced by S*. We now assume the metric in the following form 3
ds2 = f(y)dy2 +yY,
gij(xk)dxid^,
(86)
i,j=0
as in 44 and 0 depends only on y. As the singularity usually appears at y = 0, we investigate the behavior when y ~ 0. Here we only consider the case k > 0. First one assumes that there is no singularity. Then \ (constant) when y —> 0 .
(87)
It is supposed the spacetime becomes asymptotically AdS, which is presumbly the unique choice to avoid the singularity and to localize gravity on the brane 45 . The condition to get asymptotically AdS requires *'(0i) = O,
(88)
$'(0)~/3 0 ) , fa = $ - fa .
(89)
and one assumes
Then from the equation of motion, if we also assume fa behaves as fa ~ bya (a > 0) ,
(90)
164
one obtains a —1
,
(91)
a (92) Eq.(91) requires 0 < a < 1 and/or a > 1 and Eq.(92) tells that /3 cannot vanish and b should be positive, which tells, from the equation of motion that 4> increases when y ~ 0. In 49 , it was considered the following example as a toy model:
/»*(*) = - | ^ + ^ - I * » + g .
(93)
Using the numerical calculations, it was confirmed that there is no any (curvature) singularity and the gravity on the brane can be localized. Hence, we presented examples of inflationary and hyperbolic brane-worlds as analytical solutions in d5 dilatonic gravity when brane CFT quantum effects are also taken into account. 6
Discussion
In summary, we reported the results on various topics in d5 gauged supergravity with single scalar and arbitrary scalar potential in AdS/CFT set-up. In particulary, the surface counterterms, finite gravitational action and consistent stress tensor in asymptotically AdS space is found. Using this action, the regularized expressions for free energy, entropy and mass are derived for d5 dilatonic AdS black hole. From another side, finite action may be used to get the holographic conformal anomaly of boundary QFT with broken conformal invariance. Such conformal anomaly is calculated from d5 gauged SG with arbitrary dilatonic potential with the use of AdS/CFT correspondence. Due to dilaton dependence it takes extremely complicated form. Within holographic RG where identification of dilaton with some coupling constant is made, we suggested the candidate c-function for d4 boundary QFT from holographic conformal anomaly. It is shown that such proposal gives monotonic and positive c-function for few examples of dilatonic potential. We expect that our results may be very useful in explicit identification of supergravity description (special RG flow) with the particular boundary gauge theory (or its phase) which is very non-trivial task in AdS/CFT correspondence. We show that on the example of constant dilaton and special form of dilatonic potential where qualitative agreement of holographic conformal
165
anomaly and QFT conformal anomaly (with the account of radiative corrections) from QED-like theory with single coupling constant may be achieved. The role of brane quantum matter effects in the realization of de Sitter or AdS dilatonic branes living in d5 (asymptotically) AdS space is reported. (We are working again with d5 dilatonic gravity). The explicit examples of such dilatonic brane-world inflation are presented for constant bulk dilatonic potentials as well as for non-constant bulk potentials. Dilaton gives extra contributions to the effective tension of the domain wall and it may be determined dynamically from bulk/boundary equations of motion. The main part of discussion has dealing with maximally SUSY Yang-Mills theory (exact CFT) living on the brane. However, qualitatively the same results may be obtained when not exactly conformal quantum matter (like classically conformally invariant theory of dilaton coupled spinors) lives on the brane. An explicit example of toy (fine-tuned) dilatonic potential is presented for which the following results are obtained from the bulk/boundary equations of motion: 1. Non-singular asymptotically AdS space is the bulk space. 2. The brane is described by de Sitter space (inflation) induced by brane matter quantum effects. 3. The localization of gravity on the brane occurs. The price to avoid the bulk naked singularity is the fine-tuning of dilatonic potential and dynamical determination (actually, also a kind of fine-tuning) of dilaton and radius of de Sitter brane. Note also that in the same fashion as in ref.37 one can show that the brane CFT strongly suppresses the metric perturbations (especially, on small scales). One can easily generalize the results of this report in different directions. For example, following to brane-world line and taking into account that it is not easy to find new dilatonic bulk solutions like asymptotically AdS space presented in this work one can think about changes in the structure of the boundary manifold. One possibility is in the consideration of a KantowskiSachs brane Universe. Another important question is related with the study of cosmological perturbations around the founded backgrounds and of details of late-time inflation and exit from inflationary phase in brane-world cosmology (eventual decay of de Sitter brane to FRW brane). The number of other topics on relations between AdS/CFT and brane-world quantum cosmology in dilatonic gravity maybe also suggested. Acknowledgements The work of S.O. has been supported in part by Japan Society for the Promotion of Science, that of S.D.O. by CONACyT (CP, ref.990356 and grant 28454E) and by RFBR and that of O.O. by CONACyT grant 28454E.
166
Appendix A
Remarks on boundary values
Prom the leading order term in the equations of motion 0=
_ ^a*fa^,M
_ ^ (y C ^ ^ ) ,
(94)
which are given by variation of the action (95)
s
l 6 k
'^oL.S ^ { -t>" (95)
with respect to (f>a, we obtain d$((0)a
= 0.
(96)
The equation (96) gives one of the necessary conditions that the spacetime is asymptotically AdS. The equation (96) also looks like a constraint that the boundary value (o) must take a special value satisfying (96) for the general fluctuations but it is not always correct. The condition <j> = <^>(0) at the boundary is, of course, the boundary condition, which is not a part of the equations of motion. Due to the boundary condition, not all degrees of freedom of (/> are dynamical. Here the boundary value >(0) is, of course, not dynamical. This tells that we should not impose the equations given only by the variation over 4>(o)- The equation (96) is, in fact, only given by the variation over >(0). In order to understand the situation, we choose the metric in the following form 2
ds = G^dx^dx"
d I2 . . 2 = —p~ dpdp + y_.9ijdxidx:' ,
gij = p~1gij ,
(97)
»=i
(If g^ = rjij, the boundary of AdS lies at p = 0.) and we use the regularization for the action (95) by introducing the infrared cutoff e and replacing f dd+1x-+
jddx
J dp ,
[
ddx ( • • • ) - » f ddx (•••)! _
.
(98)
167 Then the action (95) has the following form:
(99) Then it is clear that Eq.(96) can be derived only from the variation over >(0) but not other components ^ (i = 1,2,3, • • •)• Furthermore, if we add the surface counterterm S^
^1) = ~16^G^" f /
dd
*y-W0V)'---'^(°))
(10°)
to the action (95), the first >(0) dependent term in (99) is cancelled and we find that Eq.(96) cannot be derived from the variational principle. The surface counterterm in (100) is a part of the surface counterterms, which are necessary to obtain the well-defined AdS/CFT correspondence. Since the volume of AdS is infinte, the action (95) contains divergences, a part of which appears in (99). Then in order that we obtain the well-defined AdS/CFT set-up, we need the surface counterterms to cancell the divergence. References 1. J.M. Maldacena, Adv. Theor. Math. Phys. 2, 231 (1998); E. Witten, Adv. Theor. Math. Phys. 2, 253 (1998); S. Gubser, I.R. Klebanov and A.M. Polyakov, Phys. Lett. B 428, 105 (1998). 2. M. Gunaydin, L.J. Romans and N.P. Warner, Phys. Lett. B 154, 268 (1985); M. Pernici, K. Pilch and P. van Nieuwenhuizen, Nucl. Phys. B 259, 460 (1985); B. de Wit and H. Nicolai, Nucl. Phys. B 259, 211 (1987). 3. N.R. Constable and R.C. Myers, hep-th/9905081. 4. J. Distler and F. Zamora, hep-th/9911040. 5. K. Behrndt and D. Lust, hep-th/9905180, JEEP 9907, 019 (1999). 6. D. Freedman, S. Gubser, K. Pilch and N.P. Warner, hep-th/9906194. 7. L. Girardello, M. Petrini, M. Porrati and A. Zaffaroni, hep-th/9909047. 8. K. Behrndt, E. Bergshoeff, R. Halbersma and J.P. Van der Scharr, hepth/9907006. 9. G. 't Hooft, gr-qc/9310026. 10. G.W. Gibbons and S.W. Hawking, Phys. Rev. D 15, 2752 (1977). 11. J.D. Brown and J.W. York, Phys. Rev. D 47, 1407 (1993). 12. V. Balasubramanian and P. Kraus, hep-th/9902121. 13. R.C. Myers, hep-th/9903203.
168
14. R. Emparan, C.V. Johnson and R.C. Myers, Phys. Rev. D 60, 104001 (1999), hep-th/9903238. 15. R. Aros, M. Contreras, R. Olea, R. Troncoso and J.Zanelli, grqc/9909015. 16. A. De Benedictis and K.S. Viswanathan, hep-th/9911060. 17. S. Nojiri and S.D. Odintsov, Phys. Rev. D, to appear, hep-th/9911152. 18. P. Kraus, F. Larsen and R. Siebelink, hep-th/9906114. 19. R.-G. Cai and N. Ohta, hep-th/9912013. 20. P.K. Townsend, Phys. Lett. B 148, 55 (1984). 21. S. Nojiri and S.D. Odintsov, Phys. Lett. B 444, 92 (1998), hepth/9810008. 22. S. Nojiri, S.D. Odintsov, S. Ogushi, A. Sugamoto, and M. Yamamoto, Phys. Lett. B 465, 128 (1999), hep-th/9908066. 23. S. Nojiri, S.D. Odintsov and S. Ogushi, hep-th/9912191. 24. G.W. Gibbons, M.B. Green and M.J. Perry, Phys. Lett. B 370, 37 (1996). 25. M. Kaku, P.K. Townsend and P. van Nieuwenhuizen, Phys. Rev. D 17, 3179 (1978); E. Bergshoeff,M. de Roo and B. de Wit, Nucl. Phys. B 182, 173 (1981); E.S. Fradkin and A. Tseytlin, Phys.Repts. 119, 233 (1985). 26. V. Balasubramanian and P. Kraus, Phys. Rev. Lett. 83, 3605 (1999), hep-th/9903190. 27. E. Verlinde and H. Verlinde, hep-th/9912018. 28. L. Girardello, M. Petrini, M. Porrati and A. Zaffaroni, JHEP 9812, 022 (1998), hep-th/9810126. 29. F. Lin and Y. Wu, hep-th/9912190. 30. M. Bremer, M. Duff, H. Lu, C.N. Pope and K.S.Stelle, Nucl. Phys. B 543, 329 (1999), hep-th/9807051; M. Cvetic, H. Lu and C.N. Pope, hepth/0001002. 31. S. Gubser, I. Klebanov and A. Tseytlin, Nucl. Phys. B 534, 202 (1998), hep-th/9805156. 32. S. Gubser, I. Klebanov and A. Peet, Phys. Rev. D 54, 3915 (1996). 33. M. Taylor-Robinson, hep-th/0002125. 34. V. Balasubramanian, E. Gimon and D. Minic, hep-th/0003147. 35. L. Randall and R. Sundrum, Phys. Rev. Lett. 83, 3370 (1999), hepth/9905221; Phys. Rev. Lett. 83, 4690 (1999), hep-th/9906064. 36. A. Chamblin and H.S. Reall, Nucl. Phys. B 562, 133 (1999), hepth/9903225; N. Kaloper, hep-th/9905210, Phys. Rev. D 60, 123506 (1999); A. Lukas, B. Ovrut and D. Waldram, Phys. Rev. D 61, 064003 (2000), hep-th/9902071; T. Nihei, Phys. Lett. B 465, 81 (1999), hepth/9905487; H. Kim and H. Kim, Phys. Rev. D 61, 064003 (2000); D.
169
Chung and K. Freese, Phys. Rev. D 6 1 , 023511 (2000); J. Garriga and M. Sasaki, hep-th/9912118; K. Koyama and J. Soda, hep-th/9912118; J. Kim and B. Kyae, Phys. Lett. B 486, 165 (2000), hep-th/0005139; P. Binetruy, C. Deffayet and D. Langlois, Nucl. Phys. B 565, 269 (2000), hep-th/9905012; J. Cline, C. Grojean and G. Servant, Phys. Rev. Lett. 83, 4245 (1999); W. Goldberger and M. Wise, Phys. Rev. Lett. 83, 4922 (1999); S. Giddings, E. Katz and L. Randall, JHEP 0003, 023 (2000); E. Flanagan, S. Tye and I. Wasserman, hep-ph/9909373; C. Csaki, M. Graesser, C. Kolda and J. Terning, Phys. Lett. B 462, 34 (1999); I. Oda, hep-th/9908104; P. Kanti, I. Kogan, K. Olive and M. Pospelov, Phys. Lett. B 468, 31 (1999); S.Mukohyama, T. Shiromizu and K. Maeda, Phys. Rev. D 62, 024028 (2000), hep-th/9912287; K. Behrndt and M. Cvetic, hep-th/9909058; M. Cvetic and J. Wang, hep-th/9912187; R. Kallosh and A. Linde, JHEP 0002, 005 (2000); D. Youm, hep-th/0002147; J. Chen, M. Luty and E. Ponton, hep-th/0003067; S. de Alwis, A. Flournoy and N. Irges, hep-th/0004125; C. Zhu, hep-th/0005230, JHEP 0006, 034 (2000); Z.Kakushadze, hep-th/0005217; P. Binetruy, J.M. Cline and C. Crojean, hep-th/0007029; S. Nojiri and S.D. Odintsov, hep-th/0006232; N. Mavromatos and J. Rizos, hep-th/0008074. 37. S.W. Hawking, T. Hertog and H.S. Reall, Phys. Rev. D 62, 043501 (2000), hep-th/0003052. 38. S. Nojiri, S.D. Odintsov and S. Zerbini, Phys. Rev. D, to appear hepth/0001192. 39. K. Behrndt and M. Cvetic, hep-th/9909058, hep-th/0001159; A. Chamblin and G. Gibbons, Phys. Rev. Lett. 84, 1090 (2000), hep-th/9909130; O. De Wolfe, D. Freedman, S. Gubser and A. Karch, hep-th/9909134. 40. I.L. Buchbinder, S.D. Odintsov and I.L. Shapiro, Effective Action in Quantum Gravity, IOP Publishing, Bristol and Philadelphia 1992. 41. H. Liu and A. Tseytlin, Nucl. Phys. B 533, 88 (1998), hep-th/9804083; S. Nojiri and S.D. Odintsov, Phys. Lett. B 444, 92 (1998). 42. S. Nojiri and S.D. Odintsov, hep-th/0004097; L. Anchordoqui, C. Nunez and K. Olsen, hep-th/0007064. 43. A. Starobinsky, Phys. Lett. B 9 1 , 99 (1980); S.G. Mamaev and V.M. Mostepanenko, JETP 5 1 , 9 (1980). 44. S. Nojiri and S.D. Odintsov, Phys. Lett. B 449, 39 (1999); Phys. Rev. D 6 1 , 044014 (2000), hep-th/9905200; 45. C. Csaki, J. Erlich, C. Crojean and T.J. Hollowood, hep-th/0004133. 46. I. Brevik and S.D. Odintsov, Phys. Lett. B 455, 104 (1999), hepth/9902418; B. Geyer, S.D. Odintsov and S. Zerbini, Phys. Lett. B 460, 58 (1999).
170
47. S. Abel, K. Freese and I. Kogan, hep-th/0005028. 48. S. Nojiri, S.D. Odintsov and S. Ogushi,to appear in Phys. Rev. D, hepth/0001122. 49. S. Nojiri, O. Obregon, S.D. Odintsov, to appear in Phys. Rev. D, hepth/0005127.
171 Q U A N T U M GROUP SUQ(2) A N D PAIRING IN NUCLEI S. S. S H A R M A A N D N. K. S H A R M A Departamento
de Fisica e Departamento Londrina, Londrina, E-mail:
de Matemdtica, 8d051-970, PR, [email protected]
Universidade Brazil
Estadual
de
A scheme for treating the pairing of nucleons in terms of generators of Quantum Group SU,(2) is presented. The possible applications to nucleon pairs in a single orbit, multishell case, pairing vibrations and superconducting nuclei are discussed. The formalism for performing BCS calculations with g-deformed nucleon pairs is constructed and the role played by deformation parameter q analyzed in the context of nucleons in a single orbit and for Sn Isotopes.
Pairing of nucleons manifests itself in the energy Gap in even-even nuclei, odd-even staggering, moment of inertia of deformed nuclei, low lying 2 + states, ground state spins and decay properties of nuclei. Quasi spin operators, the generators of group SU(2) have been an interesting artefact for studying nucleon pairing since the time that Racah and Talmi l pointed out the group symmetries of the zero range pairing interaction model. In this talk, a more general scheme for treating the nuclear pairing problem in terms of generators of quantum group SUg(2) is presented. The quantum group SU g (2), a (/-deformed version of Lie algebra SU(2), has been studied extensively 2>3'4, and a g-deformed version of quantum harmonic oscillator developed 5 ' 6 . The quantum group SU ? (2) is more general than SU(2) and contains the later as a special case. The underlying idea in using the zero coupled nucleon pairs with (/-deformations is that the commutation relations of nucleon pair creation and destruction operators are modified by the correlations as such are somewhat different in comparison with those used in deriving the usual theories. The (/-deformed theories reduce to the corresponding usual theories in the limit } - > ! • We first introduce the seniority scheme and the quasi-spin operators in section I. The q-deformed nucleon pairs are denned in section II which also contains a brief review of seniority scheme based on q-deformed nucleon pairs 7 . Section III contains the formulation of random phase approximation (RPA) with q-deformed nucleon pairs (boson approximation) for nuclei with no superconducting solution and RPA with q-deformed quasi-particle pairs (quasi-boson approximation) for superconducting nuclei 8 . In section IV, the formalism for BCS theory with q-deformed nucleon pairs is presented and it's application to the case of Sn nuclei discussed9. The Nucleon pairing in a
172
single j shell has also been treated by Bonatsos et. al 1 0 - u ' 1 2 by associating two Q-oscillators, one describing the J = 0 pairs and the other associated with J ^ 0 pairs. In their formalism, Q-oscillators involved reduce to usual harmonic oscillators as Q —> 1 and the deformation is introduced in a way different from ours. 1
Quasi-Spin operators and Seniority Scheme
Creation and destruction operators for a zero coupled nucleon pair in single particle orbit j are, Z0 = — ) = ( A > x A ' ) ° v2
T0 = -i= (B j x B j )° v2
and
where A-jm
= Qjm;
£>jm
=
a
v'-l
j,—m\
a
jmajm
+ ajmajm
=
*•• V - V
With number operator defined as n
°p
=
/_^ajmaim
'
(2)
m
and putting ft = ^ ± 1 [Z 0 ,2o] = ^
;we
n
can verify that
- 1;
[nop,Z0} = 2Z 0 ;
[nop,J^\ = -2Zo~ .
(3)
We can use quasi spin operators defined as
Sj+=
J^ {-l)]-m a\ma)_m
;
jm>0
Sj- = ^
(-lY~m
a
j-majm
,
(4)
jm>0
and for a single particle orbit j identify
s+ = Vsiz0, S- = Vnz^-
s0= {n°p2 n).
(5)
The operators S+, 5_ and So are the generators of SU(2) and satisfy the commutation relations of angular momentum operators, [5+,5_] = 25 0 ;
[S0,S±] = ±S±.
(6)
173
In seniority scheme an n nucleon state with v unpaired particles (v being the seniority) is represented by \n,v), we have ZQZQ \V,V) = 0. The states with p pairs of nucleons and n = v + 2p can be constructed as N{Z0)p\v,v).
\n,v) = Choosing a pairing Hamiltonian H = \n,v) is 13 E(n,v) 2
A
=
2
+
AZQZQ
, the pairing energy in state
(n - v) (2fl - n - v + 2).
(7)
Nucleon Pairs with q-deformation
To construct nucleon pairs with q-deformation, we next examine the generators of quantum group SUq(2). The operators S+(q) , S-(q) , and So(q) satisfy the commutation relations [S+(q),S-(q)]
= {2So(q)}q ;
[5 0 ( 9 ), S±(«)] = ±5±(g),
(8)
where
Expressing the creation and annihilation operators for 9—deformed nucleon pair as Z0(q) = ~S+(q);
ZM
= ~=S-(q),
(10)
the commutation relations for q—deformed nucleon pair creation and destruction operators are found to be , {nov — fi}„ P [Z0(q), Z0(q)] = '", n
[nop, Z0(q)} = 2Z0(q);
[nop,^>{q)] =-2T0{q).
(11)
The pairing Interaction Hamiltonian is now written as H{q) = AZo(q)Zo(q). Using q = eT, (r ^ 0) the pairing energy in seniority scheme for q-deformed pairs is P
^
/„ „x ( n , W )
"
2A sinh (pr) sinh [(fl - « - p + 1) r] (2J- + l ) s i n h 2 ( r ) •
(12)
Application to various isotopes in single particle orbits lfi, and lgs. have shown a good agreement with experimental ground state energies for small
174
values of deformation parameter 7 . The formalism for realizing a multishell calculation was also developed and applied to Calcium isotopes. It was found that in general weakly interacting heavily deformed nucleon pairs reproduced the spectra very similar to that produced by strongly interacting weakly deformed nucleon pairs. However, depending upon the distance from the closed shell, the energy spectra could shrink or expand with increase in deformation 7 . 3
R P A with q-deformed nucleon pairs and q-deformed Quasi-particle pairs
Using the q-deformed pair creation and destruction operators of Eq. (11) we derived the Random Phase Approximation equations for the pairing vibrations of nuclei. For nuclei with no superconducting solution, the boson creation operator that links the ground state of the nucleus \A, 0) to the excited eigen state v of the A+ 2 nucleon system with Jn = 0 + is denned as
*-?^(M)-?^(M)
<->
such that \A + 2,v)=R»+\A,0)
,
R"\A,0)=0.
(14)
We use the indices mn(ij) for single-particle(hole) levels and Rv = (-R+) • The equations of motion are set up for R+ using single-particle plus pairing Hamiltonian and the RPA equations for the system obtained using the commutation relations of eq. (8). The dispersion relation 1
G
_ V^ {ttn}q ^{2en-huu)
V^ {ftj}q Z-<(2tj-hwv)
y
(,t| '
along with the nomalization condition easily yields a graphical solution. A similar procedure is followed for constructing the solution for two-hole phonon states such that \A-2,»)
= R»+\A,0) ,
fi"|4,0)=0,
(16)
where
^?^(M)-?y"(M)-
(17)
The two phonon states
\A,v,ri = KK\A0)
(18)
175
are the excited 0 + states of the nucleus with excitation energy E{Q+) = hLJv + hujtl.
(19)
The q-deformed RPA when applied to study the pairing vibrational states in the nucleus 2 0 8 Pb showed that for r = 0.405 the experimental excitation energy of the double pairing vibration state and the transfer cross section for two neutron transfer are well reproduced 8 . For superconducting nuclei, one has to construct the quasi-boson creation and destruction operators from q-deformed quasi-particle pair creation and annihilation operators. The set of coupled equations
[hju - 2Em)xvm = -G^/{ft r a } 9 £ J{nJq [x; « « J + v2mv2p) p
-Y;{u2mv2p+v2mul)]
(20)
and
(tujv + 2Em)Y^ = G V / { f t m } ? £ V / ^ « [Y; KU2P + vlvl) p
2
2
2
-X;(u mv p+v mu2p)]
(21)
can be solved using standard procedure to furnish the roots E = huv . For testing the formalism, q-deformed boson and quasi boson approximation calculations for 20 nucleons in two shells were performed, and compared with exact shell model results. The deformed boson approximation results for r = i0.104 and deformed quasiboson approximation energies for r = 0.15 overlap the exact calculation results in a wide region away from the phase transition region. The deformation effectively results in including the correlations left out in normal approximate treatments. One can expect, therefore, that in a realistic calculation deformation parameter can be used as a quantitative measure of correlations left out in an approximate treatment in comparison with the exact results. 4
Gap equation in Q B C S and the Ground State Energy
Pairing effect can not be interpreted as a contribution to an average static potential (as in Hartree Fock) or contribution to average vibrating singleparticle potential (as in RPA). It is analogous to Superconductivity in metals. In 1959 Belyaev14 successfully applied to nuclei the Bardeen-Cooper-Schrieffer (BCS) theory originally formulated to explain superconductivity in metals 15 . In view of the usefulness of formulating the nucleon pairing problem in terms
176 of the generators of SU,(2), we are encouraged to formulate a q-deformed version of BCS theory or qBCS. Following the idea of building correlations in to the theory by using pair generators satisfying g-commutation relations, we next present the g-analog of BCS theory (gBCS) for nuclei. The formalism when applied to the case study of 1 1 4 _ 1 2 4 Sn nuclei elucidates the role played by g-deformation in these nuclei. For N nucleons in m single particle orbits, we consider the trial wave function ,
*=
•••**
where for the orbit j ,
\ n=0
n
\n!(%Qjl- n ) 1! .
|n) ;ttj =
2j + l
(22)
and |n> =
"{n*-"VI [w* {<WJ
i 2
(5 i + (g)) n |0) (S
is the normalized wave function for n zero coupled nucleon pairs with qdeformation occupying single particle orbit j . Using a variational approach with the single particle plus pairing Hamiltonian for g-deformed pairs given by
H = £ ernlp - G £ > + {q)Ss- () wherer,s = j i , j 2 ,
(23)
jr,
and the gap parameter defined as, A(q)
=G(9
J^Sr+(q)
Y^GurVr{ttr}q
= we obtain the occupancies, /
*\=£Ar(«z) (24)
177
gap parameter / A(«) = ^ G { n , - } , 0 . 5 i
ti ~ *)'
^
(e;-A)
2 +
(26)
(A(,)i^y
and consequently the gap equation
y , ( £ ; - A ) J f l 5 + ( A ( 5 ) {(),•>,)
'
To include the effect of terms containing UjV? left out earlier, we now replace the chemical potential A by „2
A(«) = A +
^
" ' ( { n , } , - n,- + I ) .
(28)
The ground state BCS energy, (* \H\ * ) is m
( 2 e i fii u i "
Ebcs(q) = £
G
^ W ,
(&i}g
~ % + l))
=i
(A(g)) G
(29)
We notice that in a very natural way, the SU, (2) symmetry introduces in the interaction energy, a q dependence which is linked to the j-value of the orbit occupied by the zero coupled nucleon pairs. 4-1
Single orbit with 2£l degenerate states and Sn nuclei
For N nucleons in a single orbit with an occupancy of 20, the ground state wave function is ^ = $ j and Ebcs(q) is Ebcs{q) = ejN - G {%}, ^
( 2 {ilj}q - N + ^j
.
(30)
The exact energy of the N nucleon zero seniority state, Eexact=ejN-G'j(2nj-N
+ 2),
(31)
178
can be reproduced (Et,cs(q) = Eexact) strength G' such that
by choosing q value and the pairing
G'ilj (2»j - N + 2)
~{0,} 9 (2{n j } ? -iV+f) for the choice ej = 0 . 0 . In Ref. 9 the single orbit limit of gBCS is applied to nuclear sdg major shell with Q, — 16, and 4,10,14,20,24,30 valence nucleons occupying degenerate Ids, Ogz ,2s i, ldg ,and 0/tu orbits. The intensity of pairing strength required to reproduce Eexact decreases with increasing q and ultimately G —> 0 for all cases. It is also found that the strongly coupled zero coupled pairs of BCS theory may well be replaced by weakly coupled (/-deformed zero coupled pairs of qBCS theory. To get more clues as to whether it is possible to replace the pairing interaction by a suitable commutation relation between the pairs determined by a characteristic q value for the system at hand, real nuclei have also been examined in Ref. 9 . There has been an increased interest in the experimental and theoretical study of Sn isotopes, more so after the observation of heaviest doubly magic nucleus g^Snso in nuclear fragmentation reactions 16,17 . We examined the heavy Sn isotopes with N = 14,16,18, 20, 22, and 24 neutrons outside 5o°Sn50 core. The model space includes Ids ,0gi,2si, Ida, and Ohii, single particle orbits, with excitation energies 0.0, 0.22, 1.90, 2.20, and 2.80 MeV respectively. The pairing correlation function D = A(q)/\/G as a function of G for the cases where deformation parameter takes some typical successively increasing values varying from 1.0 to 1.7 shows some interesting features. In 5o0Sn7o, pairing correlations are found to increase as q increases while the pairing strength G is kept fixed. For q = 1.0 that is conventional BCS theory the pairing correlation vanishes for G < G c ( ~ 0.065 MeV) as expected. We find D going to zero for successively lower values of coupling strength, for example Gc ~ 0.04 MeV for q = 1.3 as the deformation q of zero coupled pairs increases. We may infer that the qBCS takes us beyond BCS theory. The sets of G,q values that reproduce the empirical A for 5o°Sn70 are next used to calculate the gap parameter A and the ground state BCS energy EN, for even isotopes 114 ~ 124 Sn and compared with the experimental values of A in Ref.9. The results of qBCS for Sn isotopes are not much different from BCS as far as the Gap parameter A is concerned. The ground state binding energies are however lowered by the deformation. The pairing correlations, measured by D = A(q)/VG, are seen to increase as q increases (for q real) while the pairing strength G is kept fixed, in Sn isotopes. It is immediately
179
seen that q parameter is a very good measure of the pairing correlations left out in the conventional BCS theory. The underlying g-deformed nucleon pairs show increasingly strong binding as the value of q is increased. It opens the possibility of obtaining the exact correlation energies by choosing appropriately the combination of G, q values. The results of our study of qBCS are consistent with our earlier conclusions 7 ' 8 that the g-deformed pairs with q > 1 (q real) are more strongly bound than the pairs with zero deformation and the binding energy increases with increase in the value of parameter q. In contrast by using complex q values one can construct zero coupled deformed pairs with lower binding energy in comparison with the no deformation zero coupled nucleon pairs 8 . In general the pairing correlations in N nucleon system, measured by D = A ( g ) / v G , increase with increasing q (for q real) and gBCS takes us beyond the BCS theory. The formalism can be tested for several other systems, for example metal grains, where cooper pairing plays an important role. 5
Acknowledgments
S. Shelly Sharma and N. K. Sharma acknowledge support from Universidade Estadual de Londrina. References 1. Racah, G. and Talmi, J. Physica 18, 1097 (1952). 2. M. Jimbo, Lett. Math. Phys. 10 (1985) 63; 11, 247 (1986). 3. Woronowicz, Publ. RIMS (Kyoto University) 23 , 117 (1987); Commun. Mat. Phys. I l l , 613 (1987). 4. Pasquier, Nucl. Phys. B295, 491 (1988); Commun. Mat. Phys. 118, 355 (1988). 5. Macfarlane A. J., J. Phys. A 22, 4581 (1989). 6. Biedenharn L. C , J. Phys. A 22, L873 (1989). 7. S. Shelly Sharma, Phys. Rev. C 46, 904 (1992). 8. S. Shelly Sharma and N. K. Sharma, Phys. Rev. C 50, 2323 (1994). 9. S. Shelly Sharma and N. K. Sharma, Phys. Rev. C 62,034314 (2000). 10. D. Bonatsos, J. Phys. A 25, L101 (1992). 11. D. Bonatsos, C. Daskaloyannis and A. Faessler, J. Phys. A 27, 1299 (1994). 12. Dennis Bonatsos and C. Daskaloyannis, Prog. Part. Nucl. Phys. 43, 537 (1999).
180
13. R. D. Lawson, Theory of the Nuclear Shell Model (Clarendon, Oxford, 1980). 14. Belyaev, S. T., L. Dan Vidensk. Selsk. Mat.-fys. Medd. No. 11, 31 (1959). 15. J. Bardeen, L. N. Cooper, and J. R. Schrieffer, Phys. Rev. 108, 1175 (1957). 16. M. Lewitowicz et al., Phys. Lett. B332, 20 (1994). 17. R. Schneider et al, Zeit. Phys. A 348, 241 (1994).
181
SOME TOPOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS A B O U T D E F E C T S O N N E M A T I C LIQUID CRYSTALS M. S I M O E S A N D A. S T E U D E L Departamento de Fisica, Universitario,
Universidade Estadual 86051-970, Londrina E-mail: [email protected]
de Londrina, (PR),Brazil.
Campus
In this study, a nematic liquid crystal is used as an example to show analytically how an originally bi-dimensional system avoids a configuration with a singular pole. The system escapes into the third dimension with the simultaneous creation of a branch cut. It is presented an introductory study of some topological properties of defects in nematic liquid crystal. Special detach is given to the planar instabilities of these objects and to the corresponding properties of the escape into the third dimension of the disclinations with topological charge S = l and S = l / 2 . As a final result we show that the tri-dimensional pole with charge S = l / 2 is topological equivalent to the Mobius strip.
1
INTRODUCTION
The study of defects and patterns is usually considered as a traditional trademark of the physics of the condensed matter 1 ' 2 that has been widespread for all physics; it is impossible to talk about critical phenomena, disordered systems, cosmological phase transitions, frustrated media, convective instabilities, patterns, biological shapes, etc, without the use of the concept of symmetry breaking and their fellows, the defects. Words like dislocations, textures, grain boundaries, etc, are so common that probably no one remembers that the first observations of these kind of structures were not made in crystalline materials, but in a very special kind of liquid; the liquid crystals. The liquid crystals 3 ' 4 were discovered more than a century ago, in 1888, when Priedrich Reinitzer attributed to some organic compounds, derived from the cholesterol, the absolutely unusual property of having two melting points. Immediately it was observed that these kind of substances were rich in textures. The first systematic study of these textures appeared in 1904, when Lehmann gathered together a huge number of observations 5 . In 1922 Friedel, for the first time, observed that these textures are rich of geometry and gives the first correct description of this character of these defects6. The reason for the early observation of these structures in liquid crystals is due to the fact that they can be easily detected by a simple optical microscope, while the defects in metals, for example, only were definitively ascertained in the 50's with the use of the electron microscope.
182
The aim of this work is to use the liquid crystals to give an explicit example of how the imposition of global geometrical properties can lead to the formation of singularities. We will present the axial polar defects 7 ' 8 and we will show how, to avoid the infinite energy involved on some singularities, the system becomes unstable and relax. Furthermore, depending on the topological properties of the axial singularity, this relaxation can create a new kind of topological singularity. The next two sections are a rather overview on the issue of axial disclinations and it is devoted to non-specialists, or students, of the subject. In these sections some geometrical aspects of the axial disclinations will be exhibited, and fundamentally we will pave the way for analytic study of the out-of-plane-tilt to be made in the last section. There, the theory of the out-of-plane-tilt will be presented and it will be analytically demonstrated that the 5 = 1 / 2 pole is associated with a branch-cut with the topology of the Mobius strip. 2
AXIAL DISCLINATIONS AND T H E M I C R O S C O P I C N A T U R E O F T H E L I Q U I D CRYSTALS
The name liquid crystal arises when these kind of liquids where first observed through an x-ray apparatus. It was observed that they presented some interference patterns characteristic of crystalline materials. This happens because the orientations of their molecules are not randomly distributed as in a usual liquid, in a crystal the molecules have both positional and directional correlation and, normally, during the melting they lose both of these symmetries. A liquid crystal is a liquid in which during the crystalline to liquid phase transition only the center of mass correlation between the molecules is lost; the molecules remains directionally correlated. As a result, at each point of a sample there is a direction defined by the mean orientation of the molecules at the neighborhoods of that point. This set of directions defines a vector field in which the preferred direction, at each point, is called director. Of course, the origin of this unusual behavior is due to the peculiar form of the molecules of these materials. They are strongly asymmetric, existing two main kinds of molecular forms; materials with rod-shaped molecules, in which one molecular axis is much longer than the other two, and materials with disklike molecules, namely, one molecular axis much shorter than the other two. The origin of the orientational order becomes evident when we realize that it may exist a temperature interval in which the molecules, even without a positional correlation, may prefer to stay aligned with their neighbors than rotate freely. This kind of molecular arrangement is known as nematic order. The singularities of the vector field constructed by the average directions
183
of these molecules are known as defects. For the usual crystalline lattice the defects are known as dislocations and are related to the symmetry breaking of translations along the lattice 1 . As, in the liquid crystals, the lattice does not exist their defects are connected the symmetry of rotation, known as disclination, of the director. A presumed characteristic of this structure is that when we turn around the axial center "O" in a closed loop the director undergoes a complete rotation of 2-K. Nevertheless, this does not need happen in the general case. An important aspect of the nematic domains concerns the local rotational symmetry properties of the director. Contrarily to what happens in a usual vector field, the director field of a nematic material is not symmetric by a local rotation by an integer multiple of 2TT. It is symmetric by a rotation of an integer multiple of IT (this symmetry is know as IT symmetry). This property can be easily understood if we realize that microscopically the molecule can be taken as a hard-rod for which the long axis of symmetry does not have a preferred direction and, so, any 7r rotation leaves it invariant. The simplest singularity that can be found with this symmetry has the property that when we turn the pole, in a closed path, the director direction changes by 27r. To this pole is attributed the topological charge 5 = 1. Moreover, the simplest non-trivial pole is the one for which the director only returns for its original orientation if we follow a path the encircles the pole two times. This is the bi-dimensional axial pole with topological charge 5 = 1/2. The essential characteristic of this structure is that when we turn around the axial center " 0 " in a closed loop the director undergoes a rotation of 7r. There is an enormous number of different bi-dimensional polar axial disclinations that can be constructed using the 7r symmetry. They are fully characterized by two variables; by the topological charge 5, which corresponds to the number of times that the director rotates when the polar center is encircled by a single loop, and by the inclination,
5 = 0, ± 1 / 2 , ± 1 , ± 3 / 2 . . .
where ip is the angle of rotation of the director, 9 is the polar angle, and tp0 is the initial inclination of thew director. A full discussion of the topological properties of these defects can be found in the quoted references. We suggest4 for some beautiful illustrations of some of these defects.
184
3
THE BRANCH-CUT
Up to now we have described the axial poles as bi-dimensional structures. But, as a really bi-dimensional structure is not easy to construct and, probably, they do not exist in nature. In the three dimensional version of the 5 = 1 axial disclination the singular point becomes a singular line, along which the director direction is not defined. Using the theory of the elastic interaction between the domains of the nematic liquid crystal, to be presented ahead, it is easy to show that the energy stored in this singular line is infinite4 and, as any disturbance that should reduce this infinite energy will immediately do it, this configuration is unstable 7 ' 8 . So, it can be shown that in the neighborhoods of the axial line the director escapes into the third dimension creating a new kind of configuration, an out-of-plane-tilt, in which the singular line is avoided. In the case of the axial disclination 5 = 1/2 the situation is not so simple; in order to relax the energy stored along the singular line new kinds of singularities must necessarily appear in the sample. Meyer 8 , using a graphical (non analitical) argument, demonstrated that for the disclination with 5 = 1 / 2 the escape into the third dimension is necessarily associated with a line of branch cut. That is, in a complete turn around the line of disclination, the director can not change continuously at every points. There must be a line along which the arrow describing the up or down direction director changes abruptly. Mayer called this line by branch cut. In the next section we will study an analytical expression for this out-of-plane-tilt and shown that this name justified. 4
T H E OUT-OF-PLANE-TILT
The simplest assumption about the nature of the interaction between the molecules of a nematic liquid crystals is to assume that there is an elastic force between neighbors molecules that try align them. When the most general form for this interaction is considered, and it is assumed that it must be in accord with the 7r symmetry, it can be show that it must have the form F[nz] = ^j
T(n,dn)dV
(1)
where JF(n, dn) = Ku
(v-nj
+ K22 (n • (V x n))
+K33 (ft x (V x n))
-L(n-(Vxn)^)
,
(2)
185
where Ku, K22, K33 and L are the elastic constants related to elastic distortions of the nematic medium. By the way, let us remember that an important characteristic of these parameters is that it can be shown4 that all elastic textures of the nematic medium can always be written as a combination of these four elastics terms. Therefore, this expression takes care of all possible kind of bulk deformations in the nematic material. As our aim is to describe the axial quoted above, a proper coordinate system must be used. Due to the cylindrical form of these defects the director components will be described by nx = rcos8(x,y,z),
n2 = 1 — r2,
ny = rsin6(x,y,z),
(3)
and the spatial coordinates will be represented by x — Rcosp,
y = Rsiiap,
z = z.
(4)
As simple as it can appear the substitution of Eq. (3) and Eq. (4) in Eq. (1) leads to a so huge calculation that, up to our knowledge, no one has yet done it. In order to make it we used analytical computation and have found that the free energy can be written as
where 1 F0 = < 2 r » * >
»„o 1 dnz\ { t )
2 R 2 {
I ,,,
„,
, x _ , A „ , d6 {(^+^nz>)+2Lrdz
+ 2 r 4 i ? 2 ( g ) 2 (K22 + K;2nz>)\ +
( ^ )
i^s+Kss+K^
nZ*
+ (AT2-3 + Kn nz2) cos (2(0 -
{jp)'{(Kb+
**»*) 2
+ ((Ku - K22 nz ) - K33 r2) cos (2(6 - tp))}
+K^2 + Ki3 nz2 } cos (2(9 -
186
+r4jR2
Gl) 2 Ws + ^ W
+ ((-K11+K22nz2) +2r4R^J-
+
{Kf2^nZr2
+2nzr
+ K22nz2)
{{-Kn
| nzr2R^
+ 2 ^
+ KZ3r2)}
2
cos
(2(6-ip))
+ K33 r2} sin (2(0 -
(K+2 + K21 cos (2(6 -
" +^3"i^2) ^
}sin(2(- v ,))J
i i ^ { - ^ ( ^ + + ^ 1 cos2(0-^)) +
+ # r 2 J J ^ sin ( 2 ( 0 - * > ) ) } } , d# and 1
\(
T
n
„
2dO\
dnz dip
r, 2 (
r
nzRr2
n
2„
-L-2r2K?„ V dnz ( T , o d^
f
2/
„ dnz /
r
<16 \
23
„ 2 r , - d\ ^ „ _ dnz
d6
— — dz J dR „T dnz
2
r^
/ d9 \ 1
OT ^
2d6\dnz
1
where we have used Kf- = ifji + Kjj and 2
187 p -» p + 2-n , 9 -> 6 + 2irS .
So, as the phases of F0 are determined by the terms cos (2(0 — p)) and sin (2(9 — p)), in a complete turn one has 2(
2(
+ 2(5 -
1)2TT.
So, the phase of F0 will change by an integer multiple of 2ir and. Therefore Fa —> Fo.
By another side, the phases of -F\ are determined by the terms cos(0 -
1)2TT,
and, as 5 can be semi-integer, a complete turn leaves to a change in F\ of the form F l -> ±F1, where the positive number results when S is aninteger, 5 = 0, ± 1 , ± 2 , . . and the negative one results when 5 is a semi-integer, 5 = ± 1 / 2 , ± 3 / 2 , . . Therefore, while a complete turn around the axial desclination does not change the sign of Fo, the same does not happen with Fi. Nevertheless, the important aspect of the disclinations with semi-integer topological charge is that the simultaneous change (p-9)^(p-9) + (Snz —> — nz ,
1)2TT ,
make the Free-energy T invariant. So, the axial disclination with 5 = 1/2 is topological equivalent to the Mobius strip. That is, to return to the initial position with a unique turn a rotation and an inversion must be combined. Otherwise, with a double rotation the initial configuration is restored. 5
Conclusion
In this work we have used the bi-dimensional pole with charge 5 = 1/2 of a nematic liquid crystal to show analytically how the instability of this singularity creates an escape into the third dimension. It is shown that this out-of-plane-tilt creates a new pattern with the topology of the Mobius strip.
188
Acknowledgments The author M.S. thank CNPq for partial support. References 1. Ashcroft, Neil W.; Mermin, N. D.; Solid State Physics (Holt-Saunders Int. Ed. 1981). 2. C.Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics (John, Wiley & Sons, inc. 1976.) 3. M. Kleman. Defects in Liqid Crystals in Advances in Liquid Crystals. (Edited by Glenn H. Brown, Academic Press, New York 1975). 4. P. G. de Gennes and J. Prost, The Physics of Liquid Crystals (Clarendon Press, Oxford, 2nd edition, 1993.) 5. Collings, P.J. and Hird, M. Introduction to liquid Crystals (Taylor & Francis, 1997) 6. Friedel, E.C.R. Acad. Sci., Paris 180, 269 (1925). 7. P.E. Cladis, M. Kleman, J. de Physique 33, 591 (1972). 8. R.B. Meyer, Phyl. Mag. 27, 405 (1973).
189
N O N - L I N E A R REALIZATIONS A N D B O S O N I C B R A N E S P. WEST Department of Mathematics, King's College, London, UK Email: [email protected] In this very short note, following hep-th/0001216, we express the well known bosonic brane as a non-linear realisation. The reader may also consult hepth/9912226, 0001216 and 0005270 where the branes of M theory are constructed as a non-linear realisation. The automorphisms of the supersymmetry algebra play an essential role.
1
The Theory of Non-linear Realizations
We first briefly review the theory of non-linear realizations set out by Coleman, Wess and Zumino and extended by Volkov. Rather than consider a general group we restrict ourselves to the (super) group G whose generators can be divided into the two sets K_ and H_. The sets K_ and H_ are both supgroups of G and H_ is the automorphism group, of K_. The generators in each of the above two classes are further divided as K_ = {K, K'} and R = {R, R'}. The generators K and R both form subalgebras of the Lie (super) algebra G whose associated groups we denote by K and H respectively. The generators of H are an automorphisms of K. The division of the generators of G into these four classes corresponds to: K , unbroken generators associated with positions in (super) space-time, K' , spontaneously broken generators associated with positions in (super) space-time, R , unbroken automorphism generators, R' , spontaneously broken auotmorphism generators. The automorphism generators include those of the Lorentz group or its covering group the corresponding Spin group, in some cases internal group generators, but also other generators which are not usually considered. From now on we will drop the prefix (super), but it is to be understood to be present. As will be clear, the objects associated with the group G carry an underlined indices while those associated with the subgroup G carry no underline. The decomposition of the former into the latter and the remainder is achieved using unprimed and primed indices respectively. We wish to consider the coset
190
G_/H. For simplicity we will use an exponential description of group elements and we may then choose the coset representatives to be g = eXKeX>.K>e*'.R>
(1
1}
In this equation • denotes the relavent summation over the indices. Under any rigid group transformation go we find that S-> 9o9 = 9 = e*Keji'K'e*'R'h0
(1.2)
where h0 is an element of H. The Cartan forms are given by g-1dg = F-K
+ F'-K'+LJ'-R'+GJ-R.
(1.3)
Under equation (1.2) the Cartan forms transform as gdg = hoig^dg)^1
+ hodh^1 .
(1.4)
It can happen that the Cartan forms carry a reducible representation of H, in which case, certain of the forms can be set to zero. This is the so called inverse Higgs effect. It has the effect of eliminating some of the Goldstone fields in terms of the others. The action or equations of motion are to be constructed from the Cartan forms in such a way that they are invariant under the transformations of equation (1.2). The conventional interpretation of the above equations is to regard the X as the coordinates of (super) spacetime and to take the fields X' and >' to depend on them. This leads to a field theory on the coset space G/H. This approach has been almost universally adopted. However, when considering branes it is instructive to consider a more general possibility. The brane is moving through the coset space G_/H_ with tangent group H_ and sweeps out a submanifold that has the dimensions of the coset G/H and a tangent space group H. We therefore consider the representatives of the coset G_/H of equation (1.2) to depend on the variables £ which parametrises the embedded submanifold. Since the Cartan forms involve the exterior derivative d they are independent of the coordinate system used. The Cartan forms associated with K are given by F • K = d£ • F • K and similarly for the other Cartan forms. We can think of the F in this equation as the vielbein on the embedded submanifold. The covariant derivatives of the Goldstone fields associated with K' are defined by F' K' = F- AX' -K' = d£- F-1 • F' • K'.
(1.5)
The A X ' are independent of reparamenterisations in the paprameters £. A similar construction can be made for the covariant derivatives of 4>'. When identifying the fields that can be set to zero, i.e. use the inverse Higgs mechanism, we must not only maintain the G invariance of equation (1.2) and
191
also reparameterisation invariance. In effect, this means setting only those covariant derivatives of the Goldstone fields in equation (1.5) that transform in a covariant manner under /i 0 to zero. The equations of motion, or action, are to be constructed from the vielbein and the covariant derivatives of the Goldstone fields that remain. In this way one can find a formulation of brane dynamics that is reparameterisation invariant and also invariant under the rigid G_ transformations of equation (1.2). From this approach we can recover the more conventional approach by using the reparameterisation invariance to choose static gauge, i.e. X = £ for those coordinates that lie in the brane directions. 2
Bosonic Branes
In this section we will show that the dynamics of bosonic p-branes in a flat background in D dimensional space-time arises as a non-linear realization in the sense of the previous section. We take G = ISO(D — 1,1) with K_ = {Pn} and H_ = {Jnm} where n,m = 0 , 1 . . . ,D — 1 and G = ISO(p,l) with K = {Pn} and H — {Jnm,Jn'm'} where n,m = 0 , 1 , . . . , p + 1 and n',m' = p + 1,... ,D — 1. This is to be expected as the presence of the p-brane clearly breaks the background space-time group ISO(D — 1,1) to ISO(p, 1) x SO{D -p-1). The Lie algebra of ISO{D - 1,1) is given by {.Jnrni Jpq\ ~
Vnp^mq
~ VrnQ^np
' Vnq^mp
* Vmp^nq
•>
yZ.l)
We can write the coset representatives in the form g(X,<j>) = exp(XnPn
+ Xn'Pn,)exp{cj>nm'
= expiX^PjJexpW
Jnm.)
• J) .
(2.4)
We distinguish X from X' by the indices they carry, in other words the prime on the X is understood to be present and we just write Xn'. We also drop the prime on
+ Qnm'Jnm,
+ wn'm' Jn.m, + wnmJnm
(2.5)
which we may express as g"ldg = exp(-cf) • J)(dX^Pn)exp((t> • J) + exp(- • J)dexp( • J) .
(2.6)
192
A straightforward calculation shows that en = dX^^rrJ1 = -2nm'dXml + dXn + ... , / " ' = dXm^nkn'
= -2
nnm' wn'm'
=
(^n'^m1 _ ^
= d(j>nm' ,
^ ^
^
=
(0P'» d( £ p ™ _ ( n <_>. m ) ) ,
(2.7)
where S ^ i s defined by exp(-(t>-J)Pnexp((t>-J) = Qn-Pm = P„ + 2 0 I f P 2 L + . . . and + . . . means higher order terms in <^im-. Under a group transformation, gog(X, <j>) = g(X, (j))ho, the Cartan forms transform in accord with equation (1.4). The effect of taking P„ transformations in go is to simply to shift the X- while the Cartan forms are left invariant. Writing h0 = 1 + rnm Jnm, we find that en = en - 2eprpn,
fn' = / " ' , finm' = ftnm' + 2rpnQp
wnm = wnm - 2{rnpwpm
m
' - 2r pTO 'fi p " , (2.8)
- ( n o m)) + drnm ,
(2.9)
to lowest order in rnm. Similar results hold for Jn'm'- The fields e™ and fn transform as expected under the Lorentz group SO(p, 1) x SO(D — p — 1). Clearly, we can set fn = 0 and preserve SO(l,D-l) and reparameterisation symmetry. At the linearized level, examining equation (2.7) we find it implies that dXn' = 2n'mdXm or ^ m-
dXm
dp
•
V-™)
If we choose static gauge this equation becomes, / Wn
r)Xn' = Q^ •
(2-10)
While solving for / " = 0 to all orders may be complicated it is clear that its content is to solve for 4>nm in terms of dmXn . What is really of interest to us is the non-linear form of e n once we have solved this constraint/" = 0 . Examining equation (2.7) we find that the vector f— = (e n , fn ) is related by a Lorentz transformation to the vector (dXn,dXn ) = dX-. As such, epnr]nmeqm = dvX*dqX*%aBl
(2.11)
193
since / " = 0 . The above expression is invariant under go transformations. A worldvolume reparameterisation and group invariant action is therefore given by f dp£ det{e) = f d?ZsJ-dettdpX^X^nrn)
.
(2.12)
In other words, the well known generalisation of the Nambu action for the string to a p-brane follows in a straightforward consequence of taking the nonlinear realization of ISO(D — 1,1) with subgroup SO(p, 1) x SO(D — p - 1). Clearly, had we not included the Lorentz group in our coset and introduced the corresponding Goldstone bosons the veilbein on the brane would have been trivial and we would not have found the above action.
194
CALCULATION OF BOSONIC M A T T E R FIELDS O N A N iV-SPHERE F.L. WILLIAMS Department of Mathematics and Statistics, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Massachusetts 01003, USA E-mail: [email protected] We solve the spectral problem and the Klein-Gordon equation for a massive and massless field theory on an n-sphere, using a theory of hypergeometric equations developed by A. Nikiforov and V. Uvarov.
1
Introduction
In the paper, 1 the authors consider among other issues the Klein-Gordon equation on a 3-sphere equipped with the spatial section of a Robertson-Walker metric. Explicit eigenvalue computations are given, but the corresponding fields are not explicitly obtained because of difficulties involved in solving a certain radial equation. The purpose of this paper is to indicate how to solve this radial equation not only in the case of a 3-sphere, but in fact for a sphere of arbitrary dimension n > 3. Our method is to apply various changes of variables that eventually transform these radial equations to differential equations of hypergeometric type, in a generalized sense. We then apply a theory developed by Nikiforov and Uvarov2 to solve the latter equations. By this theory we obtain moreover a natural quantization condition (from a single, elegant point of view) which yields the explicit form of the eigenvalues. Thus we obtain explicit formulas for the spectrum and for the corresponding matter fields, especially in the bosonic case. Using the spectral part of these results, one can analyze the path-integral partition function, as is done in 1 for the special case n = 3, and in particular consider its behavior with respect to the spherical radius. We reserve this matter for another occasion. 2
The Laplace-Beltrami operator and the Klein-Gordon operator
To set up the Klein-Gordon equation in a concrete form we need a formula for the Laplace-Beltrami operator in suitable coordinates on an n-sphere X =
195
Sn(a) with radius a > 0, a formula which generalizes formula (2.3) in. 1 n+l +1
X^ix^ixx,...,xn+1)
2
G R" 1 HxH = J2A
=
fl2
}
C2-1)
is assigned the metric induced by the inclusion X —> K n + 1 . We take n > 3 and we choose the following set of coordinates on the domain W = (0, 2TT) X (0,7r) x • • • x (0,7r) x (0, a) where the Cartesian product of (0, IT) with itself is taken n — 2 times: xi = r sin # n _i sin 6n-2 • • • sin #2 sin #i , X2 = r sin # n _i sin 0„_2 • • • sin #2 cos 6\ , x3 = r sin #„_! sin 6n-2 • • • sin #3 cos #2 , i
(2-2)
a:„_i = r s i n 0 n _ ! cos# n _ 2 , xn = rcos0 n _x , xn+i
-
y/a2
r2.
-
We will write y = (61,62, • •• , #„_i,r) for the typical element of W. The function h : W -> X given by h(y) — x — [x\,... , xn+i) for the Xj in (2.2) is a diffeomorphism of the open set W in W1 to an open set U in X. The line element on X ds2 = ^2gijdyidyj
(2.3)
is determined by the components g^ of the metric tensor, which in terms of the coordinates (2.2) are given on U by 9jj(Hv)) 9n-i,n-i(h(y))
= r2 s m 2
0j+i ' ' ' s m 2 ^n-i
for 1 < j < n - 2,
2
= r, a2
9nn(h(y)) = -5
with ^y = 0
1 J"
=
1
1 2
fOT K =
(2-4)
~~2 '
for i ^ j .
In particular for n = 3 we write 0 = 6\, 6 — 62, (2/1,2/2,2/3) = (4>,9,r) and obtain in (2.3) ds2 = J2gjjdy2
= r2(sm9 d<j>2 + d62) + — ^ - j ,
(2.5)
196
which is the spatial section of the Robertson-Walker space-time metric, up to a scale factor a2(t) related to the "radius of the universe at time t." For
9 = \9ii\,
(2-6)
the Laplace-Beltrami operator A on the curved space X is given locally by ^/detff f-' dVj =
dVj
n i d d nrr- E a ~ "Sdet 9 9jj d^Vi~ Vdetff jr[ dVj
(27)
(since glj = 0 for j ^ i), say on the open set U = h(W). Using the formulas in (2.4) one computes the expression for A in (2.7) and obtains the following formula. T h e o r e m 2.1 For f a C°° function on the n-sphere X = Sn(a) with radius a>0,
W -» 1 where W d= (0,2n) x (0,7r) x • • • x (0,TT) X (0,a)
let f* = foh: def
as above with h(y) = x = (xi,... ,xn+\) for y = (61,62, ••• ,6n-i,r) and for the Xj given by (2.2), 1 < j < n + 1. Then ,A,x,L/^
r2\d2f*,,
(,
/(n-1)
e W
n r \ 5/* + ^(An_1/')(y)
(2.8)
where n-2
1 jP_ 2 sin fy+i • • • sin 6n-i dO2 2
(j-l)co8gj d_ 2 2 sin 6j sin 0 J + i • • • sin 0n-\ 06j
(n-2)cosgn_1 d sin^! 00„_i
82 d62n_x-
K
-y;
One can also write A„_i =
. n_2„ ^ sin" Sin"-2^!^-! n-2
+
2
(9 n _i " ^n-x ,
V E ^ - Ji_ ,1 . ^ 22 , ^
sin
0,- sin 0 j + 1
19
„2fl2 0 .W^~ *M;• •o;• sin n _i 50,-
(2 10)
-
197 A„_i is in fact the Laplace-Beltrami operator on the (n — l)-sphere Sn unit radius expressed in terms of the coordinates X\ = sin#„_i sin# n _2 • • -sin62 sin#i , X2 — sin On-i sin 0 n -2 • • • sin 62 cos #i , X3 = sin 9n-\ sin Qn-v • • • sin 63 cos 62 , .
* of
(2-H)
J„_i = sin# n _icos0 n _ 2 , xn = cos#„_i onSn~l. For a scalar field of mass m we take Ld=-A
+ m2
(2.12)
as the Klein-Gordon operator, and we consider the Klein-Gordon equation L(j) = \<j>
(2.13)
for a bosonic field ^ o n l . It is natural to propose a separation of variables >(h(6u ... ,0„_i,r)) = R(r)Z(Ou... Setting 6 = (81,...
,en-X).
(2.14)
,0 n _i), y = (0,r), we obtain by Theorem 2.1
(A0(My)) = ( l - J ) R"(r)Z(6)
+ (
^
- ^
R'(r)Z(6)
+ ^ (z A n _ i Z ) ( 0 ) . (2.15) r On the other hand let Pi be a spherical harmonic of degree £; ie. Pe is the restriction to 5 n _ 1 of a harmonic, homogeneous polynomial on Rn of degree £, where I > 0 is an integer. Then for the choice of Z given by Z(6U...
,0„_i) d = P / ( i i , . . . ,xn)
(2.16)
for the i j in (2.11) we have A n _ i Z = -£{£ + n -2)Z. The sequence {-(.{£ + n - 2)}^>0 actually provides for all of the eigenvalues of A n _ i . We deduce from (2.15) that (Acf>)(h(y)) = ( l - J ) R"(r)Z(9)
+ (~^
- ^ )
R'(r)Z(9)
\^zAR{r)m.
(2,7)
198 That is, equations (2.13), (2.14) mean that the function R(r) is subject to the differential equation 1
R"(r) +
n-
1
nr R'(r) ~75 £(e + n»
2)
2
'-+m2 R(r) = -XR(r)
(2.18)
on (0, a), where t > 0 is an integer. If we define p(x) = R(xa)
on (0,1)
(2.19)
then equation (2.18) is transformed to the equation (l-x')p"{x)
+
In-
1
+ n - 2) 2 ,' p(x) —= + mV
— nx p'(x)
= -\a2p(x)
(2.20)
1
on (0,1), which for n = 3 is exactly the radial equation (2.5) of. It is clear now that the main point is to obtain solutions of equation (2.20). As indicated in the introduction this can be done by a series of changes of variables. These will ultimately transform (2.20) to a generalized type of hypergeometric equation—namely to an equation that has the form a2(x)$"{x)
+
CT(X)T(X)&(X)
+ a(x)$(x)
=0
(2.21)
where cr(x), a (a;) are polynomials in x of degree at most two and T{X) is a polynomial in x of degree at most one. A beautiful theory exists for solving such an equation. 3
Solutions of the radial equation (2.20)
Towards the transformation of equation (2.20) to an equation of the form (2.21) we write (2.20) as (1 - x')p"(x)
+
fn-1
— nx P'(x) +
^=jp(x)
(3.1)
for x £ (0,1) and for / S ^ -t[t
+
n-2),
Udef 7
^' _ ( A - m 2 ) a 2 .
(3.2)
on (0,1),
(3.3)
If we set y(x) = xp(x)
199 then (3.1) is transformed to the following equation for y(x):
(l-x2)y"(x)
+
n —3 + (2 - n)x y'(x) +
C
A
xz
y{x) = 0
(3.4)
for x £ (0,1) and for C = f / ? - n + 3,
(3.5)
A = n - 2 - 7.
Next for t £ (0,7r/2), since x = sin* € (0,1), we can set v(t) =
(3.6)
y(smt).
The equation (3.4) for y(x) is then transformed to the equation v"(t) + (n-3)
(cot t)v'(t) +
C + A v(t) = 0 sin 2 i
(3.7)
on (0,7r/2) for v{t). Finally set $(r) = u(cot _ 1 r)
(3.8)
for r > 0
-1
where we note that c o t r 6 (0,7r/2) for r > 0. Then equation (3.7) yields the following equation for <3?(r): a 2 (r)$"(r) + cr(r)T(r)*'(r) + ^ ( r ) * ^ ) = 0
(3.9)
where cr(r) = 1 + r ,
r(r) = (5 — n)r, 2
?(r) = [ C ( l + r ) + A]
(3.10)
= [(/? - n + 3)(1 + r 2 ) + n - 2 - 7]
by def. (3.2), (3.5)
= [(-£(* + n - 2) - n + 3)(1 + r 2 ) + n - 2 - 7]. Thus by (3.9), (3.10) equation (2.20) (or {32)) is indeed transformed to an equation of the form (2.21) of hypergeometric type. One is now in a nice position to apply a theory of Nikiforov and Uvarov2 which provide for solutions of (2.21) (and of (3.9) in particular) under a natural integrality condition, which we interpret as a quantization condition. Details of this theory can also be found in Chapter 4 of.3 There are actually two integrality conditions; these arise according to sign choices ± . They are namely def
-y = \P = (p + t)(p + e + def
(3.11)
n-l),
7 = \> ^ (p - £){p -e + 3-n)
+
(2-n)
(3.12)
200
where p = 0,1,2,3, — For physical reasons we focus only on the first condition (3.11). Theorem 3.1 Define *p(r)
= (1 + r 2 ) ( " + ' + n - 2 ) / 2 i ^ ( l + r 3)-«+<»-i)/a)
(3.13)
for r > 0, p = 0 , 1 , 2 , 3 , . . . . Then for - 7 = Ap in (3.11), ie. for A = (p + e)(p + £ + n- l)/a2 + m2 (by (3.2)), $ p (r) is a solution of equation (3.9). A proof of Theorem 3.1, based on the theory developed in, 2 is given in.4 Working backwards through the transformations (3.8), (3.6), and (3.3) we obtain by Theorem 3.1 the following main result. Theorem 3.2 For p = 0 , 1 , 2 , 3 , . . . define pp on (0,1) by
(
(314)
* *>^*'(^J for $ p given in (3.13). Then for - 7 = Ap in (3.11), ie. A = (P + *)(P + < + n - 1 )
+
^
^
pp(x) is a solution of equation (2.20) on (0,1). Hence by (2.19) / ^ ( r ) ^f -r * p (Va\~r2]
,
0 < r < a,
(3.16)
is a solution of equation (2.18). Using spherical harmonics Pi as in (2.16) and the solutions Rp in (3.16) we obtain desired solutions 4> = <j>pt and eigenvalues A of the Klein-Gordon equation (2.13): pt(rxi,... ,rxn,\/a? A=
-r2)
= pi{h(6i,... , 0 n _ i , r ) ) = Rp(r)Pe(xi,...
(p + e)(p + t + n-l) 5 a2
,
,xn),
2
1- m , (3.17)
as in (2.14); see (2.11). Also see Appendix for a tabulation of the functions $„ in (3.16) for 1 < p < 10. For p = 0 we have $„(r) = (1 + r 2 ) - ( f + 1 > / 2 = > Po(x) = xl =>• i? 0 (r) = (r/a)e. We conclude with remarks on the quantization condition (3.11) which is central for Theorems 3.1, 3.2. The generalized hypergeometric equation (2.21) can be reduced to a simpler form a{x)w" + T(X)W'{X)
+ nw{x) = 0
(3.18)
201
as shown in, 2 which we call a canonical form. Here r(x) is a polynomial in x of degree at most one and \i is a scalar. This can be done in such a way that solutions $ of (2.21) can be obtained from those of (3.18): $ = , like r and fi, is constructed from the data a, a, f. Since degree a < 2 and degree r < 1 \ d-£f , Xp = -pr is a scalar for p = 0,1,2,3, —
P(P ~ 1) _„ a
/„ 1Q x (3.19)
Consider the remarkable condition H = Ap.
(3.20)
Given (3.20) one can construct a polynomial solution wp of (3.18) with degree wp < p. Then by (i), $ p = <j>wp is a corresponding solution of (2.21). In the present case of equations (3.9), (3.10) (a special case of (2.21)) it is shown in4 that ti = A +
C+-^--
(n-3Y
+A
*/*
(3.21)
where A, C are given in (3.5). Then condition (3.20) is shown to reduce to condition (3.11), for certain sign choices, and one is thus lead to the solutions $ p in Theorem 3.1. For alternate choices of signs one obtains condition (3.12). The integrality condition (3.20) is not only sufficient for the existence of non-zero solutions w of (3.18) as we have noted but, conversely, it is also necessary, assuming that w is subject to an appropriate growth condition at infinity. Condition (3.20), which has lead to the form of A in (3.17), also provides for the quantization of energy in quantum mechanics—including the explicit computation of energy levels from a single, elegant point of view. 2 ' 3 Acknowledgments The author extends special thanks to Volker Ecke for his skillful preparation of the manuscript, and in particular for setting up a Mathematica Program that explicates the first ten functions $ p in the Appendix for the radial solutions RP(r). Appendix Table 1 provides a tabulation of the functions $ p in (3.16) for 1 < p < 10, as defined in equation (3.13) of Theorem 3.1.
202 Table 1. Functions $ p for 1 < p < 10.
*p(r)
- l + 2£ + n ) r ( l + r 2 ) " ~ 3 ) - l + 2£ + n ) ( l + r 2 ) ^ ( - 1 + (2£ + n) r2) - 1 + 2£ + n) (1 + 2£ + n) r (1 + r 2 ) ~ 2 ~ 5 (_3 + (2£ + n ) r 2 )) - 1 + 2£ + n) (1 + 21 + n) (1 + r 2 ) ^ ~ 3 + (2 + 2£ + n) r 2 ( - 6 + (2£ + n) r 2 )) - l + 2£ + n ) ( l + 2£ + n ) ( 3 + 2£ + n ) r ( l + r 2 ) ~ 3 ~ 5 15 + (2 + 2 £ + n) r2 (-10 + (2£ + n) r 2 ))) - 1 + 2£ + n) (1 + 2£ + n) (3 + 2£ + n) (1 + r 2
- 1 5 + (4 + 2£ + n) r (45 + (2 + 2£ + n)r
2
2
) ^
(-15 + (2£ + n) r 2 )))
- 1 + 2 £ + n) (1 + 2 £ + n) (3 + 2 £ + n) (5 + 2 £ + n) r (1 +
r2)"4"^
-105 + (4 + 2£ + n) r2 (105 + (2 + 2£ + n) r 2 (-21 + (2£ + n) r2)))) - 1 + 2£ + n) (1 + 2£ + n) (3 + 2£ + n) (5 + 2£ + n) (1 + r 2 ) " ^ 105 + (6 + 2 £ + n) r 2 (-420 + (4 + 2 £ + n) r 2 (210 + (2 + 2 £ + n) r2 - 2 8 + ( 2 £ + n)r 2 )))) - l + 2£ + n ) ( l + 2£ + n ) ( 3 + 2£ + n)(5 + 2£ + n)(7 + 2£ + n ) r 1 + ' T - 2 ) _ 5 ~ * (945 + (6 + 2£ + n) r 2 (-1260 + (4 + 2£ + n) r2
378 + (2 + 2£ + n).r 2 (-36 + (2£ + n) r2))))) _l
+ 2£
+r
2
+ n ) ( l + 2£ + n ) ( 3 + 2£ + n)(5 + 2£ + n)(7 + 2£ + n)
) ^ ^ (-945 + (8 + 2£ + n) r 2 (4725 + (6 + 2£ + n) r2 (-3150
+ (4 + 2£ + n) r 2 (630 + (2 + 2£ + n) r2 (-45 + (2£ + n) r 2 )))))
203
References 1. V.B. Bezerra, E.R. Bezerra De Mello, and A.C.V.V. De Siqueira, Bosonic and Fermionic Partition Functions on S3, Modern Physics Letters A, Vol. 13, No. 11, 899-909 (1998). 2. A. Nikiforov and V. Uvarov, Special Functions of Mathematical Physics, A Unified Introduction with Applications, Translated from the Russian by Ralph Boas, Birkhauser, Basel, Boston, 1988. 3. F. Williams, Notes on Quantum Mechanics: An Introduction for Mathematicians, Manuscript submitted for publication to the Am. Math. Society. 4. F. Williams, Remarks on the Klein-Gordon Equation in a RobertsonWalker Universe, Manuscript to be submitted for publication to the International J. of Differential Equations and Applications.
ISBN 981-02-4502-5
www.worldscientific.com 4593 he